Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
wwwbuffalotechcom
User ManualGigabit Managed Switch with PoE+
BSL-PS-G2108MBSL-PS-G2116M
- 1 -
Contents
Chapter 1 - Product Overview 4
Features 4Diagram 6MAC Address Learning 9PoE Plus 10
Chapter 2 - Configuration 11
Settings 11Accessing settings 11Home 13Panel Display 13
Main 14System Info 14
Basic 15System 15MAC Address Filtering 16Flow Control Status 17Flow Control 18Admin Account 19Date and Time 20PoE Status 21Port PoE Settings 22PoE Profiles 24Turn Off LEDs 28
Advanced 29VLANs 29PVIDs 31QoS Status 32QoS Mapping 33
- 2 -
Authentication Servers 34RADIUS 35Port Authentication 36Password Authentication 38Port Trunking 40Traffic Storm Control 41Mirrored Ports 42BPDU Forwarding 43Loop Prevention 44
Management 46Update Firmware 46Save and Restore Settings 47Reboot 48Initialize 49MAC Address Table (Port Order) 49MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order) 50Statistics 51Logs 53Syslog Settings 53Restore from USB 54Ping 56Irsquom here 56
Support 57Support 57
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting 58
Power LED is not lit 58Link LED is not lit 58Canrsquot access via browser 58Forgot password and cannot login 58Power Problems 59Access from the Network 59
- 3 -
Appendix 60
Default Configuration Settings 60Twisted Pair Cable and Port Specifications 62
- 4 -
Chapter 1 - Product Overview
Features
Models Available
BSL-PS-G2116M
bull 161000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-Tportsbull 2SFPports(SFPportsareusedexclusivelywiththeports15Ato16A)
BSL-PS-G2108M
bull 81000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-Tports
Common Hardware Specifications
bull AllportssupportAuto-MDIXbull Systemmemory64MBbull Internalbuffer512kB(packetbuffer)bull EquippedwithLEDindicatorsbull EquippedwithaUSBportbull Equippedwithahardwareresetswitch
Layer 2 Switching
bull Supports8023xflowcontrolandbackpressurebull Throughput1000M1488095pps100M148810pps10M14880ppsbull VLANsupport(VLANgroups256VLANID1to4094)IEEE8021QtagVLANsupportbull SupportsPrivacySeparator(privateVLAN)bull Supportstrunking(FixedorbyLACP)bull Portmirroringsupportbull Upto8192MACaddressescanbeenteredbull TrafficStormControl(BroadcastMulticastandDLF)bull HOLblockingpreventionbull Supportsjumboframes(upto2kBreceiptand9kBswitching)
Administration
bull SNMPV1V2csupportbull MIB-2SystemMIB-2InterfacesBridgeMIB(dot1dBaseanddot1dTp)Q-BridgeMIBsupport
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 5 -
bull RMONgroup123and9support(StatisticsHistoryAlarmandEvent)bull ThedevicecanbeconfiguredbyWeb(HTTP)
To display the settings screen for a LAN port theVLAN to which the port belongs must be aManagementVLAN
bull FirmwareupgradesbyHTTPbull FirmwareupgradesbyUSBbull SavingandrestoringsettingsbyHTTPbull SavingandrestoringsettingsbyUSBbull LoadingconfigurationfromUSBonstartupbull SyslogandSyslogserversupportbull SNTPclientsupportbull SupportforBuffaloNetworkAdminToolsbull Supportslooppreventionfunctions(MACaddressthrashingLDFreceptionratesystem)
Security
bull Usernameandpasswordbull IEEE8021Xportauthenticationsupport(EAP-MD5EAP-TLSandEAP-MS-PEAP)bull IEEE8021XMACauthenticationsupport(EAP-MD5EAP-TLSandEAP-MS-PEAP)bull Passwordauthenticationsupport(PAP)bull MACauthenticationsupport(PAP)
When performing IEEE 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from thesupplicanttostartauthenticationWhenperformingIEEE8021XMACauthenticationWebauthenticationorMACauthenticationauthenticationispossibleforamaximumof12devicesperport
bull RADIUSauthentication(IEEE8021Xandloginuserauthentication)AseparateRADIUSserverisrequired
bull AbletosetSession-timeoutandenableordisableTermination-Actionbull SupportssetupofmanagementVLANbull StaticMACaddressfilteringsupport(specifiedMACaddressesonlycanpassthroughtheswitch)bull DynamicMACaddressfilteringsupport(presetnumberofunitsonlycanpassthroughtheswitch)
QoS
bull Port-basedpacketprioritizationbull PacketprioritizationbasedonIEEE8021pbull IPpacketprioritizationbasedonTOSbull Level4queuesupportbull Weightedroundrobinorstrictqueuescheduling
- 6 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE (Power over Ethernet)
bull CompliantwithIEEE8023atandIEEE8023afbull OvercurrentprotectionfunctioncompliantwithIEEE8023atandIEEE8023afbull Upto30Wofpowercanbesuppliedateachport(proprietaryBuffalofunctionthatisanextension
oftheIEEE8023afstandardsSupportsIEEE8023atLLDP)bull IfusingtheBSL-PS-G2116Mamaximumtotalof180Wofpowercanbesuppliedtoalldevicesbull IfusingtheBSL-PS-G2108Mamaximumtotalof150Wofpowercanbesuppliedtoalldevices
Power Saving
bull Supportforlow-poweridleoperation(IEEE8023az)bull Powersavingbasedonlinkstatusbull PowersavingbasedonautomaticdeterminationofLANcablelengthbull ProfilesforturningoffLEDs
Diagram
BSL-PS-G2116M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
4
5
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 7 -
BSL-PS-G2108M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
5
1 Indicators
IndicatorsarelocatedonthefrontpaneloftheswitchThefunctionsofeachindicatorareshownbelow
LED StatusPower(green) On Powerison
Off PowerisoffUSB(green) On USBdeviceinserted
Blinking AccessingtheUSBmemorydeviceOff USBdeviceremoved
Diag(greenorred) On(green) NormalOn(red) Hardwareresetswitchwasactivatedduringstartupor
duringself-diagnosisBlinking(red) Loopwasdetectedbyloopdetectionfunction
Temp(red) On InternalfanisstoppedOff Normal Unplugthepowercablewhenthisindicatorislittoprevent
overheating
- 8 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
LED StatusPoE(greenororange) On(green) PoEisbeingsupplied
On(orange) Theloadexceedsthespecifiedvalueorashortcircuitwasdetected
Off PoEisnotbeingsupplied100010010M(greenororange) On(green) 1000Mlinkestablished
On(orange) 100MlinkestablishedOff 10Mlinkestablishedornolinkestablished
LINKACT(green) On LinkestablishedBlinking DatatransmissionisinprogressOff Nolinkestablished
2 Reset switch
IfthisswitchishelduntiltheDiagindicatorislit(approx3seconds)theswitchsettingscanberestoredtotheirfactorydefaultsTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultIftheresetswitchisdisabledviatheWEBUIitwillceasefunctioning
3 1000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-T ports
EachportsupportsautonegotiationTheoptimalduplexmode(full-duplexhalf-duplex)andtransferspeed(100010010Mbps)areselectedautomaticallyEachportalsosupportsAUTO-MDIXAstheporttypeattheotherendisdeterminedautomaticallythereisnoneedtomakeaselectionofeitherastraightcableoracrossovercableHowevertheAUTO-MDIXfunctionisdisabledifthetransferspeedandduplexmodearefixedThesharedportsandSFPportsonlysupportAutoNegotiation
Note When using 1000BASE-T use a IEEE8023ab compliant cable that supports Category 5e or higher as the connection cable
4 SFP ports
Theseareportsforattaching1000BASE-LXand1000BASE-SXmodulesOptionalmodules(BS-SFP-GLRBS-SFP-GSR)(soldseparately)arerequiredtousetheseportsThesesupportautonegotiationandflowcontrolandoperateinfull-duplexmodewithatransferspeedof1GbpsThesharedportscannotbeusedatthesametimeasSFPportsWhencablesareconnectedtoSFPportssharedportsaredisabled
5 USB port
ThisisaportforconnectingUSBdevicesOnlyUSB11andFAT32aresupportedTheUSBmemoryisattachedwhentheswitchisshipped(FormattedwiththeFAT32filesystem)DonotremovetheUSBmemoryduringUSBaccessorwhiletheswitchisstarting
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 9 -
Cooling Fan
AfanforcoolingthepowersupplyisinstalledintherearpaneloftheswitchIfthefanstopsabuzzersoundsandPoEfunctionalityisdisabledAlthoughswitchingstillfunctionsturnofftheunitanddisconnectpoweruntilthefanisfixedProlongedusageinthisstatecanresultinafireduetooverheating
MAC Address LearningTheswitchusesIVLtolearnMACaddressesIVLisamethodthatretainsaMACaddresstableforeachVLANItdiffersfromSVLwhichretainsasharedMACaddresstablefortheentiredeviceBesureyouunderstandhowIVLworksbeforeyoucreateaVLANwiththeswitch
Differences between Operation of IVL and SVL
VLAN 13 VLAN 23 VLAN 123 VLAN 3
VLAN 1 VLAN 2 VLAN 1 VLAN 2
PC 1 PC 2
PC3
Switch 1
Switch 2
SVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by Port 1 on Switch 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 cannot communicate
IVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by both VLAN 1 and VLAN 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 can communicate However frames sent from PC 3 to PC 1 are also delivered to PC 2
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
- 10 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE PlusThisswitchsupports8023atPoEPlus(PoweroverEthernetPlus)PoEsuppliespowertonetworkdevicesoverLANcablesAsingleLANcablecancarrybothdataandpowerWirelessaccesspointsswitchinghubsIPphonesandotherEthernet-powereddevicescanbeinstalledwithoutconnectingpowercablesorworryingaboutpoweroutletlocations
PoE compatible wireless LAN
PoE compatible adapter + Wireless LAN access point
BS Series
PoE compatible switch
PoE compatible IP phone
ThemaximumoutputpowerofeachmodelisshownbelowBSL-PS-G2108M150W(totalfor8ports)BSL-PS-G2116M180W(totalfor16ports)
IfmaximumcurrentisexceededandovercurrentprotectionisactivatednormalpowerforsmallerportnumbersisprioritizedAlsoportscanbegivenahigherprioritysettingmanually
- 11 -
Chapter 2 - Configuration
SettingsThischapterdescribeshowtousetheweb-basedconfigurationinterfacetoconfiguretheswitchandmonitorthenetworkUseaWebbrowsersuchasInternetExplorer70orlatertodisplaySettings
Accessing settings
1 Connecttheadministratorcomputer
2 DownloadtheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquofromBuffalorsquoswebsiteandinstallit
3 StarttheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquo
4 ClickNext
5 SelecttheswitchtoconfigureandclickNext
6 ClickSettings
- 12 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
7 ClickOKIftheIPAddressscreenappearsselectldquoGetIPaddressfromDHCPrdquoorsettheIPaddressmanuallyandclickNext
8 Logintotheswitchconfigurationinterface
EnterldquoadminrdquofortheusernameandldquopasswordrdquoforthepasswordthenclickOK
9 Theadmininterfaceisdisplayed
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 13 -
HomeWhenyouconnecttotheswitchwithyourWebbrowserthehomepageisdisplayedThemenutreeisdisplayedontheleftofthescreenandthesysteminformationisdisplayedontherightClickthelinksinthemenutreetomovetoothermenusanddisplaysetupparametersandstatistics
Panel DisplayThestatusofeachport(linkstatuslinkspeedlow-poweridling)isdisplayedontheswitchisdisplayedintheWebsetupinterfaceIfyouclickthediagramoftheporttheportsetupscreenwillbedisplayed
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 1 -
Contents
Chapter 1 - Product Overview 4
Features 4Diagram 6MAC Address Learning 9PoE Plus 10
Chapter 2 - Configuration 11
Settings 11Accessing settings 11Home 13Panel Display 13
Main 14System Info 14
Basic 15System 15MAC Address Filtering 16Flow Control Status 17Flow Control 18Admin Account 19Date and Time 20PoE Status 21Port PoE Settings 22PoE Profiles 24Turn Off LEDs 28
Advanced 29VLANs 29PVIDs 31QoS Status 32QoS Mapping 33
- 2 -
Authentication Servers 34RADIUS 35Port Authentication 36Password Authentication 38Port Trunking 40Traffic Storm Control 41Mirrored Ports 42BPDU Forwarding 43Loop Prevention 44
Management 46Update Firmware 46Save and Restore Settings 47Reboot 48Initialize 49MAC Address Table (Port Order) 49MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order) 50Statistics 51Logs 53Syslog Settings 53Restore from USB 54Ping 56Irsquom here 56
Support 57Support 57
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting 58
Power LED is not lit 58Link LED is not lit 58Canrsquot access via browser 58Forgot password and cannot login 58Power Problems 59Access from the Network 59
- 3 -
Appendix 60
Default Configuration Settings 60Twisted Pair Cable and Port Specifications 62
- 4 -
Chapter 1 - Product Overview
Features
Models Available
BSL-PS-G2116M
bull 161000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-Tportsbull 2SFPports(SFPportsareusedexclusivelywiththeports15Ato16A)
BSL-PS-G2108M
bull 81000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-Tports
Common Hardware Specifications
bull AllportssupportAuto-MDIXbull Systemmemory64MBbull Internalbuffer512kB(packetbuffer)bull EquippedwithLEDindicatorsbull EquippedwithaUSBportbull Equippedwithahardwareresetswitch
Layer 2 Switching
bull Supports8023xflowcontrolandbackpressurebull Throughput1000M1488095pps100M148810pps10M14880ppsbull VLANsupport(VLANgroups256VLANID1to4094)IEEE8021QtagVLANsupportbull SupportsPrivacySeparator(privateVLAN)bull Supportstrunking(FixedorbyLACP)bull Portmirroringsupportbull Upto8192MACaddressescanbeenteredbull TrafficStormControl(BroadcastMulticastandDLF)bull HOLblockingpreventionbull Supportsjumboframes(upto2kBreceiptand9kBswitching)
Administration
bull SNMPV1V2csupportbull MIB-2SystemMIB-2InterfacesBridgeMIB(dot1dBaseanddot1dTp)Q-BridgeMIBsupport
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 5 -
bull RMONgroup123and9support(StatisticsHistoryAlarmandEvent)bull ThedevicecanbeconfiguredbyWeb(HTTP)
To display the settings screen for a LAN port theVLAN to which the port belongs must be aManagementVLAN
bull FirmwareupgradesbyHTTPbull FirmwareupgradesbyUSBbull SavingandrestoringsettingsbyHTTPbull SavingandrestoringsettingsbyUSBbull LoadingconfigurationfromUSBonstartupbull SyslogandSyslogserversupportbull SNTPclientsupportbull SupportforBuffaloNetworkAdminToolsbull Supportslooppreventionfunctions(MACaddressthrashingLDFreceptionratesystem)
Security
bull Usernameandpasswordbull IEEE8021Xportauthenticationsupport(EAP-MD5EAP-TLSandEAP-MS-PEAP)bull IEEE8021XMACauthenticationsupport(EAP-MD5EAP-TLSandEAP-MS-PEAP)bull Passwordauthenticationsupport(PAP)bull MACauthenticationsupport(PAP)
When performing IEEE 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from thesupplicanttostartauthenticationWhenperformingIEEE8021XMACauthenticationWebauthenticationorMACauthenticationauthenticationispossibleforamaximumof12devicesperport
bull RADIUSauthentication(IEEE8021Xandloginuserauthentication)AseparateRADIUSserverisrequired
bull AbletosetSession-timeoutandenableordisableTermination-Actionbull SupportssetupofmanagementVLANbull StaticMACaddressfilteringsupport(specifiedMACaddressesonlycanpassthroughtheswitch)bull DynamicMACaddressfilteringsupport(presetnumberofunitsonlycanpassthroughtheswitch)
QoS
bull Port-basedpacketprioritizationbull PacketprioritizationbasedonIEEE8021pbull IPpacketprioritizationbasedonTOSbull Level4queuesupportbull Weightedroundrobinorstrictqueuescheduling
- 6 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE (Power over Ethernet)
bull CompliantwithIEEE8023atandIEEE8023afbull OvercurrentprotectionfunctioncompliantwithIEEE8023atandIEEE8023afbull Upto30Wofpowercanbesuppliedateachport(proprietaryBuffalofunctionthatisanextension
oftheIEEE8023afstandardsSupportsIEEE8023atLLDP)bull IfusingtheBSL-PS-G2116Mamaximumtotalof180Wofpowercanbesuppliedtoalldevicesbull IfusingtheBSL-PS-G2108Mamaximumtotalof150Wofpowercanbesuppliedtoalldevices
Power Saving
bull Supportforlow-poweridleoperation(IEEE8023az)bull Powersavingbasedonlinkstatusbull PowersavingbasedonautomaticdeterminationofLANcablelengthbull ProfilesforturningoffLEDs
Diagram
BSL-PS-G2116M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
4
5
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 7 -
BSL-PS-G2108M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
5
1 Indicators
IndicatorsarelocatedonthefrontpaneloftheswitchThefunctionsofeachindicatorareshownbelow
LED StatusPower(green) On Powerison
Off PowerisoffUSB(green) On USBdeviceinserted
Blinking AccessingtheUSBmemorydeviceOff USBdeviceremoved
Diag(greenorred) On(green) NormalOn(red) Hardwareresetswitchwasactivatedduringstartupor
duringself-diagnosisBlinking(red) Loopwasdetectedbyloopdetectionfunction
Temp(red) On InternalfanisstoppedOff Normal Unplugthepowercablewhenthisindicatorislittoprevent
overheating
- 8 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
LED StatusPoE(greenororange) On(green) PoEisbeingsupplied
On(orange) Theloadexceedsthespecifiedvalueorashortcircuitwasdetected
Off PoEisnotbeingsupplied100010010M(greenororange) On(green) 1000Mlinkestablished
On(orange) 100MlinkestablishedOff 10Mlinkestablishedornolinkestablished
LINKACT(green) On LinkestablishedBlinking DatatransmissionisinprogressOff Nolinkestablished
2 Reset switch
IfthisswitchishelduntiltheDiagindicatorislit(approx3seconds)theswitchsettingscanberestoredtotheirfactorydefaultsTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultIftheresetswitchisdisabledviatheWEBUIitwillceasefunctioning
3 1000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-T ports
EachportsupportsautonegotiationTheoptimalduplexmode(full-duplexhalf-duplex)andtransferspeed(100010010Mbps)areselectedautomaticallyEachportalsosupportsAUTO-MDIXAstheporttypeattheotherendisdeterminedautomaticallythereisnoneedtomakeaselectionofeitherastraightcableoracrossovercableHowevertheAUTO-MDIXfunctionisdisabledifthetransferspeedandduplexmodearefixedThesharedportsandSFPportsonlysupportAutoNegotiation
Note When using 1000BASE-T use a IEEE8023ab compliant cable that supports Category 5e or higher as the connection cable
4 SFP ports
Theseareportsforattaching1000BASE-LXand1000BASE-SXmodulesOptionalmodules(BS-SFP-GLRBS-SFP-GSR)(soldseparately)arerequiredtousetheseportsThesesupportautonegotiationandflowcontrolandoperateinfull-duplexmodewithatransferspeedof1GbpsThesharedportscannotbeusedatthesametimeasSFPportsWhencablesareconnectedtoSFPportssharedportsaredisabled
5 USB port
ThisisaportforconnectingUSBdevicesOnlyUSB11andFAT32aresupportedTheUSBmemoryisattachedwhentheswitchisshipped(FormattedwiththeFAT32filesystem)DonotremovetheUSBmemoryduringUSBaccessorwhiletheswitchisstarting
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 9 -
Cooling Fan
AfanforcoolingthepowersupplyisinstalledintherearpaneloftheswitchIfthefanstopsabuzzersoundsandPoEfunctionalityisdisabledAlthoughswitchingstillfunctionsturnofftheunitanddisconnectpoweruntilthefanisfixedProlongedusageinthisstatecanresultinafireduetooverheating
MAC Address LearningTheswitchusesIVLtolearnMACaddressesIVLisamethodthatretainsaMACaddresstableforeachVLANItdiffersfromSVLwhichretainsasharedMACaddresstablefortheentiredeviceBesureyouunderstandhowIVLworksbeforeyoucreateaVLANwiththeswitch
Differences between Operation of IVL and SVL
VLAN 13 VLAN 23 VLAN 123 VLAN 3
VLAN 1 VLAN 2 VLAN 1 VLAN 2
PC 1 PC 2
PC3
Switch 1
Switch 2
SVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by Port 1 on Switch 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 cannot communicate
IVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by both VLAN 1 and VLAN 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 can communicate However frames sent from PC 3 to PC 1 are also delivered to PC 2
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
- 10 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE PlusThisswitchsupports8023atPoEPlus(PoweroverEthernetPlus)PoEsuppliespowertonetworkdevicesoverLANcablesAsingleLANcablecancarrybothdataandpowerWirelessaccesspointsswitchinghubsIPphonesandotherEthernet-powereddevicescanbeinstalledwithoutconnectingpowercablesorworryingaboutpoweroutletlocations
PoE compatible wireless LAN
PoE compatible adapter + Wireless LAN access point
BS Series
PoE compatible switch
PoE compatible IP phone
ThemaximumoutputpowerofeachmodelisshownbelowBSL-PS-G2108M150W(totalfor8ports)BSL-PS-G2116M180W(totalfor16ports)
IfmaximumcurrentisexceededandovercurrentprotectionisactivatednormalpowerforsmallerportnumbersisprioritizedAlsoportscanbegivenahigherprioritysettingmanually
- 11 -
Chapter 2 - Configuration
SettingsThischapterdescribeshowtousetheweb-basedconfigurationinterfacetoconfiguretheswitchandmonitorthenetworkUseaWebbrowsersuchasInternetExplorer70orlatertodisplaySettings
Accessing settings
1 Connecttheadministratorcomputer
2 DownloadtheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquofromBuffalorsquoswebsiteandinstallit
3 StarttheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquo
4 ClickNext
5 SelecttheswitchtoconfigureandclickNext
6 ClickSettings
- 12 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
7 ClickOKIftheIPAddressscreenappearsselectldquoGetIPaddressfromDHCPrdquoorsettheIPaddressmanuallyandclickNext
8 Logintotheswitchconfigurationinterface
EnterldquoadminrdquofortheusernameandldquopasswordrdquoforthepasswordthenclickOK
9 Theadmininterfaceisdisplayed
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 13 -
HomeWhenyouconnecttotheswitchwithyourWebbrowserthehomepageisdisplayedThemenutreeisdisplayedontheleftofthescreenandthesysteminformationisdisplayedontherightClickthelinksinthemenutreetomovetoothermenusanddisplaysetupparametersandstatistics
Panel DisplayThestatusofeachport(linkstatuslinkspeedlow-poweridling)isdisplayedontheswitchisdisplayedintheWebsetupinterfaceIfyouclickthediagramoftheporttheportsetupscreenwillbedisplayed
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 2 -
Authentication Servers 34RADIUS 35Port Authentication 36Password Authentication 38Port Trunking 40Traffic Storm Control 41Mirrored Ports 42BPDU Forwarding 43Loop Prevention 44
Management 46Update Firmware 46Save and Restore Settings 47Reboot 48Initialize 49MAC Address Table (Port Order) 49MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order) 50Statistics 51Logs 53Syslog Settings 53Restore from USB 54Ping 56Irsquom here 56
Support 57Support 57
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting 58
Power LED is not lit 58Link LED is not lit 58Canrsquot access via browser 58Forgot password and cannot login 58Power Problems 59Access from the Network 59
- 3 -
Appendix 60
Default Configuration Settings 60Twisted Pair Cable and Port Specifications 62
- 4 -
Chapter 1 - Product Overview
Features
Models Available
BSL-PS-G2116M
bull 161000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-Tportsbull 2SFPports(SFPportsareusedexclusivelywiththeports15Ato16A)
BSL-PS-G2108M
bull 81000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-Tports
Common Hardware Specifications
bull AllportssupportAuto-MDIXbull Systemmemory64MBbull Internalbuffer512kB(packetbuffer)bull EquippedwithLEDindicatorsbull EquippedwithaUSBportbull Equippedwithahardwareresetswitch
Layer 2 Switching
bull Supports8023xflowcontrolandbackpressurebull Throughput1000M1488095pps100M148810pps10M14880ppsbull VLANsupport(VLANgroups256VLANID1to4094)IEEE8021QtagVLANsupportbull SupportsPrivacySeparator(privateVLAN)bull Supportstrunking(FixedorbyLACP)bull Portmirroringsupportbull Upto8192MACaddressescanbeenteredbull TrafficStormControl(BroadcastMulticastandDLF)bull HOLblockingpreventionbull Supportsjumboframes(upto2kBreceiptand9kBswitching)
Administration
bull SNMPV1V2csupportbull MIB-2SystemMIB-2InterfacesBridgeMIB(dot1dBaseanddot1dTp)Q-BridgeMIBsupport
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 5 -
bull RMONgroup123and9support(StatisticsHistoryAlarmandEvent)bull ThedevicecanbeconfiguredbyWeb(HTTP)
To display the settings screen for a LAN port theVLAN to which the port belongs must be aManagementVLAN
bull FirmwareupgradesbyHTTPbull FirmwareupgradesbyUSBbull SavingandrestoringsettingsbyHTTPbull SavingandrestoringsettingsbyUSBbull LoadingconfigurationfromUSBonstartupbull SyslogandSyslogserversupportbull SNTPclientsupportbull SupportforBuffaloNetworkAdminToolsbull Supportslooppreventionfunctions(MACaddressthrashingLDFreceptionratesystem)
Security
bull Usernameandpasswordbull IEEE8021Xportauthenticationsupport(EAP-MD5EAP-TLSandEAP-MS-PEAP)bull IEEE8021XMACauthenticationsupport(EAP-MD5EAP-TLSandEAP-MS-PEAP)bull Passwordauthenticationsupport(PAP)bull MACauthenticationsupport(PAP)
When performing IEEE 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from thesupplicanttostartauthenticationWhenperformingIEEE8021XMACauthenticationWebauthenticationorMACauthenticationauthenticationispossibleforamaximumof12devicesperport
bull RADIUSauthentication(IEEE8021Xandloginuserauthentication)AseparateRADIUSserverisrequired
bull AbletosetSession-timeoutandenableordisableTermination-Actionbull SupportssetupofmanagementVLANbull StaticMACaddressfilteringsupport(specifiedMACaddressesonlycanpassthroughtheswitch)bull DynamicMACaddressfilteringsupport(presetnumberofunitsonlycanpassthroughtheswitch)
QoS
bull Port-basedpacketprioritizationbull PacketprioritizationbasedonIEEE8021pbull IPpacketprioritizationbasedonTOSbull Level4queuesupportbull Weightedroundrobinorstrictqueuescheduling
- 6 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE (Power over Ethernet)
bull CompliantwithIEEE8023atandIEEE8023afbull OvercurrentprotectionfunctioncompliantwithIEEE8023atandIEEE8023afbull Upto30Wofpowercanbesuppliedateachport(proprietaryBuffalofunctionthatisanextension
oftheIEEE8023afstandardsSupportsIEEE8023atLLDP)bull IfusingtheBSL-PS-G2116Mamaximumtotalof180Wofpowercanbesuppliedtoalldevicesbull IfusingtheBSL-PS-G2108Mamaximumtotalof150Wofpowercanbesuppliedtoalldevices
Power Saving
bull Supportforlow-poweridleoperation(IEEE8023az)bull Powersavingbasedonlinkstatusbull PowersavingbasedonautomaticdeterminationofLANcablelengthbull ProfilesforturningoffLEDs
Diagram
BSL-PS-G2116M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
4
5
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 7 -
BSL-PS-G2108M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
5
1 Indicators
IndicatorsarelocatedonthefrontpaneloftheswitchThefunctionsofeachindicatorareshownbelow
LED StatusPower(green) On Powerison
Off PowerisoffUSB(green) On USBdeviceinserted
Blinking AccessingtheUSBmemorydeviceOff USBdeviceremoved
Diag(greenorred) On(green) NormalOn(red) Hardwareresetswitchwasactivatedduringstartupor
duringself-diagnosisBlinking(red) Loopwasdetectedbyloopdetectionfunction
Temp(red) On InternalfanisstoppedOff Normal Unplugthepowercablewhenthisindicatorislittoprevent
overheating
- 8 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
LED StatusPoE(greenororange) On(green) PoEisbeingsupplied
On(orange) Theloadexceedsthespecifiedvalueorashortcircuitwasdetected
Off PoEisnotbeingsupplied100010010M(greenororange) On(green) 1000Mlinkestablished
On(orange) 100MlinkestablishedOff 10Mlinkestablishedornolinkestablished
LINKACT(green) On LinkestablishedBlinking DatatransmissionisinprogressOff Nolinkestablished
2 Reset switch
IfthisswitchishelduntiltheDiagindicatorislit(approx3seconds)theswitchsettingscanberestoredtotheirfactorydefaultsTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultIftheresetswitchisdisabledviatheWEBUIitwillceasefunctioning
3 1000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-T ports
EachportsupportsautonegotiationTheoptimalduplexmode(full-duplexhalf-duplex)andtransferspeed(100010010Mbps)areselectedautomaticallyEachportalsosupportsAUTO-MDIXAstheporttypeattheotherendisdeterminedautomaticallythereisnoneedtomakeaselectionofeitherastraightcableoracrossovercableHowevertheAUTO-MDIXfunctionisdisabledifthetransferspeedandduplexmodearefixedThesharedportsandSFPportsonlysupportAutoNegotiation
Note When using 1000BASE-T use a IEEE8023ab compliant cable that supports Category 5e or higher as the connection cable
4 SFP ports
Theseareportsforattaching1000BASE-LXand1000BASE-SXmodulesOptionalmodules(BS-SFP-GLRBS-SFP-GSR)(soldseparately)arerequiredtousetheseportsThesesupportautonegotiationandflowcontrolandoperateinfull-duplexmodewithatransferspeedof1GbpsThesharedportscannotbeusedatthesametimeasSFPportsWhencablesareconnectedtoSFPportssharedportsaredisabled
5 USB port
ThisisaportforconnectingUSBdevicesOnlyUSB11andFAT32aresupportedTheUSBmemoryisattachedwhentheswitchisshipped(FormattedwiththeFAT32filesystem)DonotremovetheUSBmemoryduringUSBaccessorwhiletheswitchisstarting
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 9 -
Cooling Fan
AfanforcoolingthepowersupplyisinstalledintherearpaneloftheswitchIfthefanstopsabuzzersoundsandPoEfunctionalityisdisabledAlthoughswitchingstillfunctionsturnofftheunitanddisconnectpoweruntilthefanisfixedProlongedusageinthisstatecanresultinafireduetooverheating
MAC Address LearningTheswitchusesIVLtolearnMACaddressesIVLisamethodthatretainsaMACaddresstableforeachVLANItdiffersfromSVLwhichretainsasharedMACaddresstablefortheentiredeviceBesureyouunderstandhowIVLworksbeforeyoucreateaVLANwiththeswitch
Differences between Operation of IVL and SVL
VLAN 13 VLAN 23 VLAN 123 VLAN 3
VLAN 1 VLAN 2 VLAN 1 VLAN 2
PC 1 PC 2
PC3
Switch 1
Switch 2
SVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by Port 1 on Switch 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 cannot communicate
IVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by both VLAN 1 and VLAN 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 can communicate However frames sent from PC 3 to PC 1 are also delivered to PC 2
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
- 10 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE PlusThisswitchsupports8023atPoEPlus(PoweroverEthernetPlus)PoEsuppliespowertonetworkdevicesoverLANcablesAsingleLANcablecancarrybothdataandpowerWirelessaccesspointsswitchinghubsIPphonesandotherEthernet-powereddevicescanbeinstalledwithoutconnectingpowercablesorworryingaboutpoweroutletlocations
PoE compatible wireless LAN
PoE compatible adapter + Wireless LAN access point
BS Series
PoE compatible switch
PoE compatible IP phone
ThemaximumoutputpowerofeachmodelisshownbelowBSL-PS-G2108M150W(totalfor8ports)BSL-PS-G2116M180W(totalfor16ports)
IfmaximumcurrentisexceededandovercurrentprotectionisactivatednormalpowerforsmallerportnumbersisprioritizedAlsoportscanbegivenahigherprioritysettingmanually
- 11 -
Chapter 2 - Configuration
SettingsThischapterdescribeshowtousetheweb-basedconfigurationinterfacetoconfiguretheswitchandmonitorthenetworkUseaWebbrowsersuchasInternetExplorer70orlatertodisplaySettings
Accessing settings
1 Connecttheadministratorcomputer
2 DownloadtheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquofromBuffalorsquoswebsiteandinstallit
3 StarttheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquo
4 ClickNext
5 SelecttheswitchtoconfigureandclickNext
6 ClickSettings
- 12 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
7 ClickOKIftheIPAddressscreenappearsselectldquoGetIPaddressfromDHCPrdquoorsettheIPaddressmanuallyandclickNext
8 Logintotheswitchconfigurationinterface
EnterldquoadminrdquofortheusernameandldquopasswordrdquoforthepasswordthenclickOK
9 Theadmininterfaceisdisplayed
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 13 -
HomeWhenyouconnecttotheswitchwithyourWebbrowserthehomepageisdisplayedThemenutreeisdisplayedontheleftofthescreenandthesysteminformationisdisplayedontherightClickthelinksinthemenutreetomovetoothermenusanddisplaysetupparametersandstatistics
Panel DisplayThestatusofeachport(linkstatuslinkspeedlow-poweridling)isdisplayedontheswitchisdisplayedintheWebsetupinterfaceIfyouclickthediagramoftheporttheportsetupscreenwillbedisplayed
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 3 -
Appendix 60
Default Configuration Settings 60Twisted Pair Cable and Port Specifications 62
- 4 -
Chapter 1 - Product Overview
Features
Models Available
BSL-PS-G2116M
bull 161000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-Tportsbull 2SFPports(SFPportsareusedexclusivelywiththeports15Ato16A)
BSL-PS-G2108M
bull 81000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-Tports
Common Hardware Specifications
bull AllportssupportAuto-MDIXbull Systemmemory64MBbull Internalbuffer512kB(packetbuffer)bull EquippedwithLEDindicatorsbull EquippedwithaUSBportbull Equippedwithahardwareresetswitch
Layer 2 Switching
bull Supports8023xflowcontrolandbackpressurebull Throughput1000M1488095pps100M148810pps10M14880ppsbull VLANsupport(VLANgroups256VLANID1to4094)IEEE8021QtagVLANsupportbull SupportsPrivacySeparator(privateVLAN)bull Supportstrunking(FixedorbyLACP)bull Portmirroringsupportbull Upto8192MACaddressescanbeenteredbull TrafficStormControl(BroadcastMulticastandDLF)bull HOLblockingpreventionbull Supportsjumboframes(upto2kBreceiptand9kBswitching)
Administration
bull SNMPV1V2csupportbull MIB-2SystemMIB-2InterfacesBridgeMIB(dot1dBaseanddot1dTp)Q-BridgeMIBsupport
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 5 -
bull RMONgroup123and9support(StatisticsHistoryAlarmandEvent)bull ThedevicecanbeconfiguredbyWeb(HTTP)
To display the settings screen for a LAN port theVLAN to which the port belongs must be aManagementVLAN
bull FirmwareupgradesbyHTTPbull FirmwareupgradesbyUSBbull SavingandrestoringsettingsbyHTTPbull SavingandrestoringsettingsbyUSBbull LoadingconfigurationfromUSBonstartupbull SyslogandSyslogserversupportbull SNTPclientsupportbull SupportforBuffaloNetworkAdminToolsbull Supportslooppreventionfunctions(MACaddressthrashingLDFreceptionratesystem)
Security
bull Usernameandpasswordbull IEEE8021Xportauthenticationsupport(EAP-MD5EAP-TLSandEAP-MS-PEAP)bull IEEE8021XMACauthenticationsupport(EAP-MD5EAP-TLSandEAP-MS-PEAP)bull Passwordauthenticationsupport(PAP)bull MACauthenticationsupport(PAP)
When performing IEEE 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from thesupplicanttostartauthenticationWhenperformingIEEE8021XMACauthenticationWebauthenticationorMACauthenticationauthenticationispossibleforamaximumof12devicesperport
bull RADIUSauthentication(IEEE8021Xandloginuserauthentication)AseparateRADIUSserverisrequired
bull AbletosetSession-timeoutandenableordisableTermination-Actionbull SupportssetupofmanagementVLANbull StaticMACaddressfilteringsupport(specifiedMACaddressesonlycanpassthroughtheswitch)bull DynamicMACaddressfilteringsupport(presetnumberofunitsonlycanpassthroughtheswitch)
QoS
bull Port-basedpacketprioritizationbull PacketprioritizationbasedonIEEE8021pbull IPpacketprioritizationbasedonTOSbull Level4queuesupportbull Weightedroundrobinorstrictqueuescheduling
- 6 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE (Power over Ethernet)
bull CompliantwithIEEE8023atandIEEE8023afbull OvercurrentprotectionfunctioncompliantwithIEEE8023atandIEEE8023afbull Upto30Wofpowercanbesuppliedateachport(proprietaryBuffalofunctionthatisanextension
oftheIEEE8023afstandardsSupportsIEEE8023atLLDP)bull IfusingtheBSL-PS-G2116Mamaximumtotalof180Wofpowercanbesuppliedtoalldevicesbull IfusingtheBSL-PS-G2108Mamaximumtotalof150Wofpowercanbesuppliedtoalldevices
Power Saving
bull Supportforlow-poweridleoperation(IEEE8023az)bull Powersavingbasedonlinkstatusbull PowersavingbasedonautomaticdeterminationofLANcablelengthbull ProfilesforturningoffLEDs
Diagram
BSL-PS-G2116M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
4
5
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 7 -
BSL-PS-G2108M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
5
1 Indicators
IndicatorsarelocatedonthefrontpaneloftheswitchThefunctionsofeachindicatorareshownbelow
LED StatusPower(green) On Powerison
Off PowerisoffUSB(green) On USBdeviceinserted
Blinking AccessingtheUSBmemorydeviceOff USBdeviceremoved
Diag(greenorred) On(green) NormalOn(red) Hardwareresetswitchwasactivatedduringstartupor
duringself-diagnosisBlinking(red) Loopwasdetectedbyloopdetectionfunction
Temp(red) On InternalfanisstoppedOff Normal Unplugthepowercablewhenthisindicatorislittoprevent
overheating
- 8 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
LED StatusPoE(greenororange) On(green) PoEisbeingsupplied
On(orange) Theloadexceedsthespecifiedvalueorashortcircuitwasdetected
Off PoEisnotbeingsupplied100010010M(greenororange) On(green) 1000Mlinkestablished
On(orange) 100MlinkestablishedOff 10Mlinkestablishedornolinkestablished
LINKACT(green) On LinkestablishedBlinking DatatransmissionisinprogressOff Nolinkestablished
2 Reset switch
IfthisswitchishelduntiltheDiagindicatorislit(approx3seconds)theswitchsettingscanberestoredtotheirfactorydefaultsTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultIftheresetswitchisdisabledviatheWEBUIitwillceasefunctioning
3 1000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-T ports
EachportsupportsautonegotiationTheoptimalduplexmode(full-duplexhalf-duplex)andtransferspeed(100010010Mbps)areselectedautomaticallyEachportalsosupportsAUTO-MDIXAstheporttypeattheotherendisdeterminedautomaticallythereisnoneedtomakeaselectionofeitherastraightcableoracrossovercableHowevertheAUTO-MDIXfunctionisdisabledifthetransferspeedandduplexmodearefixedThesharedportsandSFPportsonlysupportAutoNegotiation
Note When using 1000BASE-T use a IEEE8023ab compliant cable that supports Category 5e or higher as the connection cable
4 SFP ports
Theseareportsforattaching1000BASE-LXand1000BASE-SXmodulesOptionalmodules(BS-SFP-GLRBS-SFP-GSR)(soldseparately)arerequiredtousetheseportsThesesupportautonegotiationandflowcontrolandoperateinfull-duplexmodewithatransferspeedof1GbpsThesharedportscannotbeusedatthesametimeasSFPportsWhencablesareconnectedtoSFPportssharedportsaredisabled
5 USB port
ThisisaportforconnectingUSBdevicesOnlyUSB11andFAT32aresupportedTheUSBmemoryisattachedwhentheswitchisshipped(FormattedwiththeFAT32filesystem)DonotremovetheUSBmemoryduringUSBaccessorwhiletheswitchisstarting
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 9 -
Cooling Fan
AfanforcoolingthepowersupplyisinstalledintherearpaneloftheswitchIfthefanstopsabuzzersoundsandPoEfunctionalityisdisabledAlthoughswitchingstillfunctionsturnofftheunitanddisconnectpoweruntilthefanisfixedProlongedusageinthisstatecanresultinafireduetooverheating
MAC Address LearningTheswitchusesIVLtolearnMACaddressesIVLisamethodthatretainsaMACaddresstableforeachVLANItdiffersfromSVLwhichretainsasharedMACaddresstablefortheentiredeviceBesureyouunderstandhowIVLworksbeforeyoucreateaVLANwiththeswitch
Differences between Operation of IVL and SVL
VLAN 13 VLAN 23 VLAN 123 VLAN 3
VLAN 1 VLAN 2 VLAN 1 VLAN 2
PC 1 PC 2
PC3
Switch 1
Switch 2
SVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by Port 1 on Switch 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 cannot communicate
IVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by both VLAN 1 and VLAN 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 can communicate However frames sent from PC 3 to PC 1 are also delivered to PC 2
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
- 10 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE PlusThisswitchsupports8023atPoEPlus(PoweroverEthernetPlus)PoEsuppliespowertonetworkdevicesoverLANcablesAsingleLANcablecancarrybothdataandpowerWirelessaccesspointsswitchinghubsIPphonesandotherEthernet-powereddevicescanbeinstalledwithoutconnectingpowercablesorworryingaboutpoweroutletlocations
PoE compatible wireless LAN
PoE compatible adapter + Wireless LAN access point
BS Series
PoE compatible switch
PoE compatible IP phone
ThemaximumoutputpowerofeachmodelisshownbelowBSL-PS-G2108M150W(totalfor8ports)BSL-PS-G2116M180W(totalfor16ports)
IfmaximumcurrentisexceededandovercurrentprotectionisactivatednormalpowerforsmallerportnumbersisprioritizedAlsoportscanbegivenahigherprioritysettingmanually
- 11 -
Chapter 2 - Configuration
SettingsThischapterdescribeshowtousetheweb-basedconfigurationinterfacetoconfiguretheswitchandmonitorthenetworkUseaWebbrowsersuchasInternetExplorer70orlatertodisplaySettings
Accessing settings
1 Connecttheadministratorcomputer
2 DownloadtheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquofromBuffalorsquoswebsiteandinstallit
3 StarttheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquo
4 ClickNext
5 SelecttheswitchtoconfigureandclickNext
6 ClickSettings
- 12 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
7 ClickOKIftheIPAddressscreenappearsselectldquoGetIPaddressfromDHCPrdquoorsettheIPaddressmanuallyandclickNext
8 Logintotheswitchconfigurationinterface
EnterldquoadminrdquofortheusernameandldquopasswordrdquoforthepasswordthenclickOK
9 Theadmininterfaceisdisplayed
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 13 -
HomeWhenyouconnecttotheswitchwithyourWebbrowserthehomepageisdisplayedThemenutreeisdisplayedontheleftofthescreenandthesysteminformationisdisplayedontherightClickthelinksinthemenutreetomovetoothermenusanddisplaysetupparametersandstatistics
Panel DisplayThestatusofeachport(linkstatuslinkspeedlow-poweridling)isdisplayedontheswitchisdisplayedintheWebsetupinterfaceIfyouclickthediagramoftheporttheportsetupscreenwillbedisplayed
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 4 -
Chapter 1 - Product Overview
Features
Models Available
BSL-PS-G2116M
bull 161000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-Tportsbull 2SFPports(SFPportsareusedexclusivelywiththeports15Ato16A)
BSL-PS-G2108M
bull 81000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-Tports
Common Hardware Specifications
bull AllportssupportAuto-MDIXbull Systemmemory64MBbull Internalbuffer512kB(packetbuffer)bull EquippedwithLEDindicatorsbull EquippedwithaUSBportbull Equippedwithahardwareresetswitch
Layer 2 Switching
bull Supports8023xflowcontrolandbackpressurebull Throughput1000M1488095pps100M148810pps10M14880ppsbull VLANsupport(VLANgroups256VLANID1to4094)IEEE8021QtagVLANsupportbull SupportsPrivacySeparator(privateVLAN)bull Supportstrunking(FixedorbyLACP)bull Portmirroringsupportbull Upto8192MACaddressescanbeenteredbull TrafficStormControl(BroadcastMulticastandDLF)bull HOLblockingpreventionbull Supportsjumboframes(upto2kBreceiptand9kBswitching)
Administration
bull SNMPV1V2csupportbull MIB-2SystemMIB-2InterfacesBridgeMIB(dot1dBaseanddot1dTp)Q-BridgeMIBsupport
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 5 -
bull RMONgroup123and9support(StatisticsHistoryAlarmandEvent)bull ThedevicecanbeconfiguredbyWeb(HTTP)
To display the settings screen for a LAN port theVLAN to which the port belongs must be aManagementVLAN
bull FirmwareupgradesbyHTTPbull FirmwareupgradesbyUSBbull SavingandrestoringsettingsbyHTTPbull SavingandrestoringsettingsbyUSBbull LoadingconfigurationfromUSBonstartupbull SyslogandSyslogserversupportbull SNTPclientsupportbull SupportforBuffaloNetworkAdminToolsbull Supportslooppreventionfunctions(MACaddressthrashingLDFreceptionratesystem)
Security
bull Usernameandpasswordbull IEEE8021Xportauthenticationsupport(EAP-MD5EAP-TLSandEAP-MS-PEAP)bull IEEE8021XMACauthenticationsupport(EAP-MD5EAP-TLSandEAP-MS-PEAP)bull Passwordauthenticationsupport(PAP)bull MACauthenticationsupport(PAP)
When performing IEEE 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from thesupplicanttostartauthenticationWhenperformingIEEE8021XMACauthenticationWebauthenticationorMACauthenticationauthenticationispossibleforamaximumof12devicesperport
bull RADIUSauthentication(IEEE8021Xandloginuserauthentication)AseparateRADIUSserverisrequired
bull AbletosetSession-timeoutandenableordisableTermination-Actionbull SupportssetupofmanagementVLANbull StaticMACaddressfilteringsupport(specifiedMACaddressesonlycanpassthroughtheswitch)bull DynamicMACaddressfilteringsupport(presetnumberofunitsonlycanpassthroughtheswitch)
QoS
bull Port-basedpacketprioritizationbull PacketprioritizationbasedonIEEE8021pbull IPpacketprioritizationbasedonTOSbull Level4queuesupportbull Weightedroundrobinorstrictqueuescheduling
- 6 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE (Power over Ethernet)
bull CompliantwithIEEE8023atandIEEE8023afbull OvercurrentprotectionfunctioncompliantwithIEEE8023atandIEEE8023afbull Upto30Wofpowercanbesuppliedateachport(proprietaryBuffalofunctionthatisanextension
oftheIEEE8023afstandardsSupportsIEEE8023atLLDP)bull IfusingtheBSL-PS-G2116Mamaximumtotalof180Wofpowercanbesuppliedtoalldevicesbull IfusingtheBSL-PS-G2108Mamaximumtotalof150Wofpowercanbesuppliedtoalldevices
Power Saving
bull Supportforlow-poweridleoperation(IEEE8023az)bull Powersavingbasedonlinkstatusbull PowersavingbasedonautomaticdeterminationofLANcablelengthbull ProfilesforturningoffLEDs
Diagram
BSL-PS-G2116M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
4
5
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 7 -
BSL-PS-G2108M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
5
1 Indicators
IndicatorsarelocatedonthefrontpaneloftheswitchThefunctionsofeachindicatorareshownbelow
LED StatusPower(green) On Powerison
Off PowerisoffUSB(green) On USBdeviceinserted
Blinking AccessingtheUSBmemorydeviceOff USBdeviceremoved
Diag(greenorred) On(green) NormalOn(red) Hardwareresetswitchwasactivatedduringstartupor
duringself-diagnosisBlinking(red) Loopwasdetectedbyloopdetectionfunction
Temp(red) On InternalfanisstoppedOff Normal Unplugthepowercablewhenthisindicatorislittoprevent
overheating
- 8 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
LED StatusPoE(greenororange) On(green) PoEisbeingsupplied
On(orange) Theloadexceedsthespecifiedvalueorashortcircuitwasdetected
Off PoEisnotbeingsupplied100010010M(greenororange) On(green) 1000Mlinkestablished
On(orange) 100MlinkestablishedOff 10Mlinkestablishedornolinkestablished
LINKACT(green) On LinkestablishedBlinking DatatransmissionisinprogressOff Nolinkestablished
2 Reset switch
IfthisswitchishelduntiltheDiagindicatorislit(approx3seconds)theswitchsettingscanberestoredtotheirfactorydefaultsTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultIftheresetswitchisdisabledviatheWEBUIitwillceasefunctioning
3 1000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-T ports
EachportsupportsautonegotiationTheoptimalduplexmode(full-duplexhalf-duplex)andtransferspeed(100010010Mbps)areselectedautomaticallyEachportalsosupportsAUTO-MDIXAstheporttypeattheotherendisdeterminedautomaticallythereisnoneedtomakeaselectionofeitherastraightcableoracrossovercableHowevertheAUTO-MDIXfunctionisdisabledifthetransferspeedandduplexmodearefixedThesharedportsandSFPportsonlysupportAutoNegotiation
Note When using 1000BASE-T use a IEEE8023ab compliant cable that supports Category 5e or higher as the connection cable
4 SFP ports
Theseareportsforattaching1000BASE-LXand1000BASE-SXmodulesOptionalmodules(BS-SFP-GLRBS-SFP-GSR)(soldseparately)arerequiredtousetheseportsThesesupportautonegotiationandflowcontrolandoperateinfull-duplexmodewithatransferspeedof1GbpsThesharedportscannotbeusedatthesametimeasSFPportsWhencablesareconnectedtoSFPportssharedportsaredisabled
5 USB port
ThisisaportforconnectingUSBdevicesOnlyUSB11andFAT32aresupportedTheUSBmemoryisattachedwhentheswitchisshipped(FormattedwiththeFAT32filesystem)DonotremovetheUSBmemoryduringUSBaccessorwhiletheswitchisstarting
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 9 -
Cooling Fan
AfanforcoolingthepowersupplyisinstalledintherearpaneloftheswitchIfthefanstopsabuzzersoundsandPoEfunctionalityisdisabledAlthoughswitchingstillfunctionsturnofftheunitanddisconnectpoweruntilthefanisfixedProlongedusageinthisstatecanresultinafireduetooverheating
MAC Address LearningTheswitchusesIVLtolearnMACaddressesIVLisamethodthatretainsaMACaddresstableforeachVLANItdiffersfromSVLwhichretainsasharedMACaddresstablefortheentiredeviceBesureyouunderstandhowIVLworksbeforeyoucreateaVLANwiththeswitch
Differences between Operation of IVL and SVL
VLAN 13 VLAN 23 VLAN 123 VLAN 3
VLAN 1 VLAN 2 VLAN 1 VLAN 2
PC 1 PC 2
PC3
Switch 1
Switch 2
SVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by Port 1 on Switch 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 cannot communicate
IVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by both VLAN 1 and VLAN 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 can communicate However frames sent from PC 3 to PC 1 are also delivered to PC 2
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
- 10 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE PlusThisswitchsupports8023atPoEPlus(PoweroverEthernetPlus)PoEsuppliespowertonetworkdevicesoverLANcablesAsingleLANcablecancarrybothdataandpowerWirelessaccesspointsswitchinghubsIPphonesandotherEthernet-powereddevicescanbeinstalledwithoutconnectingpowercablesorworryingaboutpoweroutletlocations
PoE compatible wireless LAN
PoE compatible adapter + Wireless LAN access point
BS Series
PoE compatible switch
PoE compatible IP phone
ThemaximumoutputpowerofeachmodelisshownbelowBSL-PS-G2108M150W(totalfor8ports)BSL-PS-G2116M180W(totalfor16ports)
IfmaximumcurrentisexceededandovercurrentprotectionisactivatednormalpowerforsmallerportnumbersisprioritizedAlsoportscanbegivenahigherprioritysettingmanually
- 11 -
Chapter 2 - Configuration
SettingsThischapterdescribeshowtousetheweb-basedconfigurationinterfacetoconfiguretheswitchandmonitorthenetworkUseaWebbrowsersuchasInternetExplorer70orlatertodisplaySettings
Accessing settings
1 Connecttheadministratorcomputer
2 DownloadtheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquofromBuffalorsquoswebsiteandinstallit
3 StarttheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquo
4 ClickNext
5 SelecttheswitchtoconfigureandclickNext
6 ClickSettings
- 12 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
7 ClickOKIftheIPAddressscreenappearsselectldquoGetIPaddressfromDHCPrdquoorsettheIPaddressmanuallyandclickNext
8 Logintotheswitchconfigurationinterface
EnterldquoadminrdquofortheusernameandldquopasswordrdquoforthepasswordthenclickOK
9 Theadmininterfaceisdisplayed
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 13 -
HomeWhenyouconnecttotheswitchwithyourWebbrowserthehomepageisdisplayedThemenutreeisdisplayedontheleftofthescreenandthesysteminformationisdisplayedontherightClickthelinksinthemenutreetomovetoothermenusanddisplaysetupparametersandstatistics
Panel DisplayThestatusofeachport(linkstatuslinkspeedlow-poweridling)isdisplayedontheswitchisdisplayedintheWebsetupinterfaceIfyouclickthediagramoftheporttheportsetupscreenwillbedisplayed
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 5 -
bull RMONgroup123and9support(StatisticsHistoryAlarmandEvent)bull ThedevicecanbeconfiguredbyWeb(HTTP)
To display the settings screen for a LAN port theVLAN to which the port belongs must be aManagementVLAN
bull FirmwareupgradesbyHTTPbull FirmwareupgradesbyUSBbull SavingandrestoringsettingsbyHTTPbull SavingandrestoringsettingsbyUSBbull LoadingconfigurationfromUSBonstartupbull SyslogandSyslogserversupportbull SNTPclientsupportbull SupportforBuffaloNetworkAdminToolsbull Supportslooppreventionfunctions(MACaddressthrashingLDFreceptionratesystem)
Security
bull Usernameandpasswordbull IEEE8021Xportauthenticationsupport(EAP-MD5EAP-TLSandEAP-MS-PEAP)bull IEEE8021XMACauthenticationsupport(EAP-MD5EAP-TLSandEAP-MS-PEAP)bull Passwordauthenticationsupport(PAP)bull MACauthenticationsupport(PAP)
When performing IEEE 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from thesupplicanttostartauthenticationWhenperformingIEEE8021XMACauthenticationWebauthenticationorMACauthenticationauthenticationispossibleforamaximumof12devicesperport
bull RADIUSauthentication(IEEE8021Xandloginuserauthentication)AseparateRADIUSserverisrequired
bull AbletosetSession-timeoutandenableordisableTermination-Actionbull SupportssetupofmanagementVLANbull StaticMACaddressfilteringsupport(specifiedMACaddressesonlycanpassthroughtheswitch)bull DynamicMACaddressfilteringsupport(presetnumberofunitsonlycanpassthroughtheswitch)
QoS
bull Port-basedpacketprioritizationbull PacketprioritizationbasedonIEEE8021pbull IPpacketprioritizationbasedonTOSbull Level4queuesupportbull Weightedroundrobinorstrictqueuescheduling
- 6 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE (Power over Ethernet)
bull CompliantwithIEEE8023atandIEEE8023afbull OvercurrentprotectionfunctioncompliantwithIEEE8023atandIEEE8023afbull Upto30Wofpowercanbesuppliedateachport(proprietaryBuffalofunctionthatisanextension
oftheIEEE8023afstandardsSupportsIEEE8023atLLDP)bull IfusingtheBSL-PS-G2116Mamaximumtotalof180Wofpowercanbesuppliedtoalldevicesbull IfusingtheBSL-PS-G2108Mamaximumtotalof150Wofpowercanbesuppliedtoalldevices
Power Saving
bull Supportforlow-poweridleoperation(IEEE8023az)bull Powersavingbasedonlinkstatusbull PowersavingbasedonautomaticdeterminationofLANcablelengthbull ProfilesforturningoffLEDs
Diagram
BSL-PS-G2116M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
4
5
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 7 -
BSL-PS-G2108M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
5
1 Indicators
IndicatorsarelocatedonthefrontpaneloftheswitchThefunctionsofeachindicatorareshownbelow
LED StatusPower(green) On Powerison
Off PowerisoffUSB(green) On USBdeviceinserted
Blinking AccessingtheUSBmemorydeviceOff USBdeviceremoved
Diag(greenorred) On(green) NormalOn(red) Hardwareresetswitchwasactivatedduringstartupor
duringself-diagnosisBlinking(red) Loopwasdetectedbyloopdetectionfunction
Temp(red) On InternalfanisstoppedOff Normal Unplugthepowercablewhenthisindicatorislittoprevent
overheating
- 8 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
LED StatusPoE(greenororange) On(green) PoEisbeingsupplied
On(orange) Theloadexceedsthespecifiedvalueorashortcircuitwasdetected
Off PoEisnotbeingsupplied100010010M(greenororange) On(green) 1000Mlinkestablished
On(orange) 100MlinkestablishedOff 10Mlinkestablishedornolinkestablished
LINKACT(green) On LinkestablishedBlinking DatatransmissionisinprogressOff Nolinkestablished
2 Reset switch
IfthisswitchishelduntiltheDiagindicatorislit(approx3seconds)theswitchsettingscanberestoredtotheirfactorydefaultsTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultIftheresetswitchisdisabledviatheWEBUIitwillceasefunctioning
3 1000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-T ports
EachportsupportsautonegotiationTheoptimalduplexmode(full-duplexhalf-duplex)andtransferspeed(100010010Mbps)areselectedautomaticallyEachportalsosupportsAUTO-MDIXAstheporttypeattheotherendisdeterminedautomaticallythereisnoneedtomakeaselectionofeitherastraightcableoracrossovercableHowevertheAUTO-MDIXfunctionisdisabledifthetransferspeedandduplexmodearefixedThesharedportsandSFPportsonlysupportAutoNegotiation
Note When using 1000BASE-T use a IEEE8023ab compliant cable that supports Category 5e or higher as the connection cable
4 SFP ports
Theseareportsforattaching1000BASE-LXand1000BASE-SXmodulesOptionalmodules(BS-SFP-GLRBS-SFP-GSR)(soldseparately)arerequiredtousetheseportsThesesupportautonegotiationandflowcontrolandoperateinfull-duplexmodewithatransferspeedof1GbpsThesharedportscannotbeusedatthesametimeasSFPportsWhencablesareconnectedtoSFPportssharedportsaredisabled
5 USB port
ThisisaportforconnectingUSBdevicesOnlyUSB11andFAT32aresupportedTheUSBmemoryisattachedwhentheswitchisshipped(FormattedwiththeFAT32filesystem)DonotremovetheUSBmemoryduringUSBaccessorwhiletheswitchisstarting
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 9 -
Cooling Fan
AfanforcoolingthepowersupplyisinstalledintherearpaneloftheswitchIfthefanstopsabuzzersoundsandPoEfunctionalityisdisabledAlthoughswitchingstillfunctionsturnofftheunitanddisconnectpoweruntilthefanisfixedProlongedusageinthisstatecanresultinafireduetooverheating
MAC Address LearningTheswitchusesIVLtolearnMACaddressesIVLisamethodthatretainsaMACaddresstableforeachVLANItdiffersfromSVLwhichretainsasharedMACaddresstablefortheentiredeviceBesureyouunderstandhowIVLworksbeforeyoucreateaVLANwiththeswitch
Differences between Operation of IVL and SVL
VLAN 13 VLAN 23 VLAN 123 VLAN 3
VLAN 1 VLAN 2 VLAN 1 VLAN 2
PC 1 PC 2
PC3
Switch 1
Switch 2
SVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by Port 1 on Switch 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 cannot communicate
IVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by both VLAN 1 and VLAN 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 can communicate However frames sent from PC 3 to PC 1 are also delivered to PC 2
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
- 10 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE PlusThisswitchsupports8023atPoEPlus(PoweroverEthernetPlus)PoEsuppliespowertonetworkdevicesoverLANcablesAsingleLANcablecancarrybothdataandpowerWirelessaccesspointsswitchinghubsIPphonesandotherEthernet-powereddevicescanbeinstalledwithoutconnectingpowercablesorworryingaboutpoweroutletlocations
PoE compatible wireless LAN
PoE compatible adapter + Wireless LAN access point
BS Series
PoE compatible switch
PoE compatible IP phone
ThemaximumoutputpowerofeachmodelisshownbelowBSL-PS-G2108M150W(totalfor8ports)BSL-PS-G2116M180W(totalfor16ports)
IfmaximumcurrentisexceededandovercurrentprotectionisactivatednormalpowerforsmallerportnumbersisprioritizedAlsoportscanbegivenahigherprioritysettingmanually
- 11 -
Chapter 2 - Configuration
SettingsThischapterdescribeshowtousetheweb-basedconfigurationinterfacetoconfiguretheswitchandmonitorthenetworkUseaWebbrowsersuchasInternetExplorer70orlatertodisplaySettings
Accessing settings
1 Connecttheadministratorcomputer
2 DownloadtheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquofromBuffalorsquoswebsiteandinstallit
3 StarttheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquo
4 ClickNext
5 SelecttheswitchtoconfigureandclickNext
6 ClickSettings
- 12 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
7 ClickOKIftheIPAddressscreenappearsselectldquoGetIPaddressfromDHCPrdquoorsettheIPaddressmanuallyandclickNext
8 Logintotheswitchconfigurationinterface
EnterldquoadminrdquofortheusernameandldquopasswordrdquoforthepasswordthenclickOK
9 Theadmininterfaceisdisplayed
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 13 -
HomeWhenyouconnecttotheswitchwithyourWebbrowserthehomepageisdisplayedThemenutreeisdisplayedontheleftofthescreenandthesysteminformationisdisplayedontherightClickthelinksinthemenutreetomovetoothermenusanddisplaysetupparametersandstatistics
Panel DisplayThestatusofeachport(linkstatuslinkspeedlow-poweridling)isdisplayedontheswitchisdisplayedintheWebsetupinterfaceIfyouclickthediagramoftheporttheportsetupscreenwillbedisplayed
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 6 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE (Power over Ethernet)
bull CompliantwithIEEE8023atandIEEE8023afbull OvercurrentprotectionfunctioncompliantwithIEEE8023atandIEEE8023afbull Upto30Wofpowercanbesuppliedateachport(proprietaryBuffalofunctionthatisanextension
oftheIEEE8023afstandardsSupportsIEEE8023atLLDP)bull IfusingtheBSL-PS-G2116Mamaximumtotalof180Wofpowercanbesuppliedtoalldevicesbull IfusingtheBSL-PS-G2108Mamaximumtotalof150Wofpowercanbesuppliedtoalldevices
Power Saving
bull Supportforlow-poweridleoperation(IEEE8023az)bull Powersavingbasedonlinkstatusbull PowersavingbasedonautomaticdeterminationofLANcablelengthbull ProfilesforturningoffLEDs
Diagram
BSL-PS-G2116M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
4
5
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 7 -
BSL-PS-G2108M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
5
1 Indicators
IndicatorsarelocatedonthefrontpaneloftheswitchThefunctionsofeachindicatorareshownbelow
LED StatusPower(green) On Powerison
Off PowerisoffUSB(green) On USBdeviceinserted
Blinking AccessingtheUSBmemorydeviceOff USBdeviceremoved
Diag(greenorred) On(green) NormalOn(red) Hardwareresetswitchwasactivatedduringstartupor
duringself-diagnosisBlinking(red) Loopwasdetectedbyloopdetectionfunction
Temp(red) On InternalfanisstoppedOff Normal Unplugthepowercablewhenthisindicatorislittoprevent
overheating
- 8 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
LED StatusPoE(greenororange) On(green) PoEisbeingsupplied
On(orange) Theloadexceedsthespecifiedvalueorashortcircuitwasdetected
Off PoEisnotbeingsupplied100010010M(greenororange) On(green) 1000Mlinkestablished
On(orange) 100MlinkestablishedOff 10Mlinkestablishedornolinkestablished
LINKACT(green) On LinkestablishedBlinking DatatransmissionisinprogressOff Nolinkestablished
2 Reset switch
IfthisswitchishelduntiltheDiagindicatorislit(approx3seconds)theswitchsettingscanberestoredtotheirfactorydefaultsTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultIftheresetswitchisdisabledviatheWEBUIitwillceasefunctioning
3 1000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-T ports
EachportsupportsautonegotiationTheoptimalduplexmode(full-duplexhalf-duplex)andtransferspeed(100010010Mbps)areselectedautomaticallyEachportalsosupportsAUTO-MDIXAstheporttypeattheotherendisdeterminedautomaticallythereisnoneedtomakeaselectionofeitherastraightcableoracrossovercableHowevertheAUTO-MDIXfunctionisdisabledifthetransferspeedandduplexmodearefixedThesharedportsandSFPportsonlysupportAutoNegotiation
Note When using 1000BASE-T use a IEEE8023ab compliant cable that supports Category 5e or higher as the connection cable
4 SFP ports
Theseareportsforattaching1000BASE-LXand1000BASE-SXmodulesOptionalmodules(BS-SFP-GLRBS-SFP-GSR)(soldseparately)arerequiredtousetheseportsThesesupportautonegotiationandflowcontrolandoperateinfull-duplexmodewithatransferspeedof1GbpsThesharedportscannotbeusedatthesametimeasSFPportsWhencablesareconnectedtoSFPportssharedportsaredisabled
5 USB port
ThisisaportforconnectingUSBdevicesOnlyUSB11andFAT32aresupportedTheUSBmemoryisattachedwhentheswitchisshipped(FormattedwiththeFAT32filesystem)DonotremovetheUSBmemoryduringUSBaccessorwhiletheswitchisstarting
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 9 -
Cooling Fan
AfanforcoolingthepowersupplyisinstalledintherearpaneloftheswitchIfthefanstopsabuzzersoundsandPoEfunctionalityisdisabledAlthoughswitchingstillfunctionsturnofftheunitanddisconnectpoweruntilthefanisfixedProlongedusageinthisstatecanresultinafireduetooverheating
MAC Address LearningTheswitchusesIVLtolearnMACaddressesIVLisamethodthatretainsaMACaddresstableforeachVLANItdiffersfromSVLwhichretainsasharedMACaddresstablefortheentiredeviceBesureyouunderstandhowIVLworksbeforeyoucreateaVLANwiththeswitch
Differences between Operation of IVL and SVL
VLAN 13 VLAN 23 VLAN 123 VLAN 3
VLAN 1 VLAN 2 VLAN 1 VLAN 2
PC 1 PC 2
PC3
Switch 1
Switch 2
SVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by Port 1 on Switch 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 cannot communicate
IVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by both VLAN 1 and VLAN 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 can communicate However frames sent from PC 3 to PC 1 are also delivered to PC 2
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
- 10 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE PlusThisswitchsupports8023atPoEPlus(PoweroverEthernetPlus)PoEsuppliespowertonetworkdevicesoverLANcablesAsingleLANcablecancarrybothdataandpowerWirelessaccesspointsswitchinghubsIPphonesandotherEthernet-powereddevicescanbeinstalledwithoutconnectingpowercablesorworryingaboutpoweroutletlocations
PoE compatible wireless LAN
PoE compatible adapter + Wireless LAN access point
BS Series
PoE compatible switch
PoE compatible IP phone
ThemaximumoutputpowerofeachmodelisshownbelowBSL-PS-G2108M150W(totalfor8ports)BSL-PS-G2116M180W(totalfor16ports)
IfmaximumcurrentisexceededandovercurrentprotectionisactivatednormalpowerforsmallerportnumbersisprioritizedAlsoportscanbegivenahigherprioritysettingmanually
- 11 -
Chapter 2 - Configuration
SettingsThischapterdescribeshowtousetheweb-basedconfigurationinterfacetoconfiguretheswitchandmonitorthenetworkUseaWebbrowsersuchasInternetExplorer70orlatertodisplaySettings
Accessing settings
1 Connecttheadministratorcomputer
2 DownloadtheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquofromBuffalorsquoswebsiteandinstallit
3 StarttheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquo
4 ClickNext
5 SelecttheswitchtoconfigureandclickNext
6 ClickSettings
- 12 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
7 ClickOKIftheIPAddressscreenappearsselectldquoGetIPaddressfromDHCPrdquoorsettheIPaddressmanuallyandclickNext
8 Logintotheswitchconfigurationinterface
EnterldquoadminrdquofortheusernameandldquopasswordrdquoforthepasswordthenclickOK
9 Theadmininterfaceisdisplayed
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 13 -
HomeWhenyouconnecttotheswitchwithyourWebbrowserthehomepageisdisplayedThemenutreeisdisplayedontheleftofthescreenandthesysteminformationisdisplayedontherightClickthelinksinthemenutreetomovetoothermenusanddisplaysetupparametersandstatistics
Panel DisplayThestatusofeachport(linkstatuslinkspeedlow-poweridling)isdisplayedontheswitchisdisplayedintheWebsetupinterfaceIfyouclickthediagramoftheporttheportsetupscreenwillbedisplayed
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 7 -
BSL-PS-G2108M
Cooling fan
Power connector
Power cable attachment band
1
2
3
5
1 Indicators
IndicatorsarelocatedonthefrontpaneloftheswitchThefunctionsofeachindicatorareshownbelow
LED StatusPower(green) On Powerison
Off PowerisoffUSB(green) On USBdeviceinserted
Blinking AccessingtheUSBmemorydeviceOff USBdeviceremoved
Diag(greenorred) On(green) NormalOn(red) Hardwareresetswitchwasactivatedduringstartupor
duringself-diagnosisBlinking(red) Loopwasdetectedbyloopdetectionfunction
Temp(red) On InternalfanisstoppedOff Normal Unplugthepowercablewhenthisindicatorislittoprevent
overheating
- 8 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
LED StatusPoE(greenororange) On(green) PoEisbeingsupplied
On(orange) Theloadexceedsthespecifiedvalueorashortcircuitwasdetected
Off PoEisnotbeingsupplied100010010M(greenororange) On(green) 1000Mlinkestablished
On(orange) 100MlinkestablishedOff 10Mlinkestablishedornolinkestablished
LINKACT(green) On LinkestablishedBlinking DatatransmissionisinprogressOff Nolinkestablished
2 Reset switch
IfthisswitchishelduntiltheDiagindicatorislit(approx3seconds)theswitchsettingscanberestoredtotheirfactorydefaultsTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultIftheresetswitchisdisabledviatheWEBUIitwillceasefunctioning
3 1000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-T ports
EachportsupportsautonegotiationTheoptimalduplexmode(full-duplexhalf-duplex)andtransferspeed(100010010Mbps)areselectedautomaticallyEachportalsosupportsAUTO-MDIXAstheporttypeattheotherendisdeterminedautomaticallythereisnoneedtomakeaselectionofeitherastraightcableoracrossovercableHowevertheAUTO-MDIXfunctionisdisabledifthetransferspeedandduplexmodearefixedThesharedportsandSFPportsonlysupportAutoNegotiation
Note When using 1000BASE-T use a IEEE8023ab compliant cable that supports Category 5e or higher as the connection cable
4 SFP ports
Theseareportsforattaching1000BASE-LXand1000BASE-SXmodulesOptionalmodules(BS-SFP-GLRBS-SFP-GSR)(soldseparately)arerequiredtousetheseportsThesesupportautonegotiationandflowcontrolandoperateinfull-duplexmodewithatransferspeedof1GbpsThesharedportscannotbeusedatthesametimeasSFPportsWhencablesareconnectedtoSFPportssharedportsaredisabled
5 USB port
ThisisaportforconnectingUSBdevicesOnlyUSB11andFAT32aresupportedTheUSBmemoryisattachedwhentheswitchisshipped(FormattedwiththeFAT32filesystem)DonotremovetheUSBmemoryduringUSBaccessorwhiletheswitchisstarting
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 9 -
Cooling Fan
AfanforcoolingthepowersupplyisinstalledintherearpaneloftheswitchIfthefanstopsabuzzersoundsandPoEfunctionalityisdisabledAlthoughswitchingstillfunctionsturnofftheunitanddisconnectpoweruntilthefanisfixedProlongedusageinthisstatecanresultinafireduetooverheating
MAC Address LearningTheswitchusesIVLtolearnMACaddressesIVLisamethodthatretainsaMACaddresstableforeachVLANItdiffersfromSVLwhichretainsasharedMACaddresstablefortheentiredeviceBesureyouunderstandhowIVLworksbeforeyoucreateaVLANwiththeswitch
Differences between Operation of IVL and SVL
VLAN 13 VLAN 23 VLAN 123 VLAN 3
VLAN 1 VLAN 2 VLAN 1 VLAN 2
PC 1 PC 2
PC3
Switch 1
Switch 2
SVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by Port 1 on Switch 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 cannot communicate
IVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by both VLAN 1 and VLAN 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 can communicate However frames sent from PC 3 to PC 1 are also delivered to PC 2
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
- 10 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE PlusThisswitchsupports8023atPoEPlus(PoweroverEthernetPlus)PoEsuppliespowertonetworkdevicesoverLANcablesAsingleLANcablecancarrybothdataandpowerWirelessaccesspointsswitchinghubsIPphonesandotherEthernet-powereddevicescanbeinstalledwithoutconnectingpowercablesorworryingaboutpoweroutletlocations
PoE compatible wireless LAN
PoE compatible adapter + Wireless LAN access point
BS Series
PoE compatible switch
PoE compatible IP phone
ThemaximumoutputpowerofeachmodelisshownbelowBSL-PS-G2108M150W(totalfor8ports)BSL-PS-G2116M180W(totalfor16ports)
IfmaximumcurrentisexceededandovercurrentprotectionisactivatednormalpowerforsmallerportnumbersisprioritizedAlsoportscanbegivenahigherprioritysettingmanually
- 11 -
Chapter 2 - Configuration
SettingsThischapterdescribeshowtousetheweb-basedconfigurationinterfacetoconfiguretheswitchandmonitorthenetworkUseaWebbrowsersuchasInternetExplorer70orlatertodisplaySettings
Accessing settings
1 Connecttheadministratorcomputer
2 DownloadtheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquofromBuffalorsquoswebsiteandinstallit
3 StarttheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquo
4 ClickNext
5 SelecttheswitchtoconfigureandclickNext
6 ClickSettings
- 12 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
7 ClickOKIftheIPAddressscreenappearsselectldquoGetIPaddressfromDHCPrdquoorsettheIPaddressmanuallyandclickNext
8 Logintotheswitchconfigurationinterface
EnterldquoadminrdquofortheusernameandldquopasswordrdquoforthepasswordthenclickOK
9 Theadmininterfaceisdisplayed
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 13 -
HomeWhenyouconnecttotheswitchwithyourWebbrowserthehomepageisdisplayedThemenutreeisdisplayedontheleftofthescreenandthesysteminformationisdisplayedontherightClickthelinksinthemenutreetomovetoothermenusanddisplaysetupparametersandstatistics
Panel DisplayThestatusofeachport(linkstatuslinkspeedlow-poweridling)isdisplayedontheswitchisdisplayedintheWebsetupinterfaceIfyouclickthediagramoftheporttheportsetupscreenwillbedisplayed
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 8 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
LED StatusPoE(greenororange) On(green) PoEisbeingsupplied
On(orange) Theloadexceedsthespecifiedvalueorashortcircuitwasdetected
Off PoEisnotbeingsupplied100010010M(greenororange) On(green) 1000Mlinkestablished
On(orange) 100MlinkestablishedOff 10Mlinkestablishedornolinkestablished
LINKACT(green) On LinkestablishedBlinking DatatransmissionisinprogressOff Nolinkestablished
2 Reset switch
IfthisswitchishelduntiltheDiagindicatorislit(approx3seconds)theswitchsettingscanberestoredtotheirfactorydefaultsTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultIftheresetswitchisdisabledviatheWEBUIitwillceasefunctioning
3 1000BASE-T100BASE-TX10BASE-T ports
EachportsupportsautonegotiationTheoptimalduplexmode(full-duplexhalf-duplex)andtransferspeed(100010010Mbps)areselectedautomaticallyEachportalsosupportsAUTO-MDIXAstheporttypeattheotherendisdeterminedautomaticallythereisnoneedtomakeaselectionofeitherastraightcableoracrossovercableHowevertheAUTO-MDIXfunctionisdisabledifthetransferspeedandduplexmodearefixedThesharedportsandSFPportsonlysupportAutoNegotiation
Note When using 1000BASE-T use a IEEE8023ab compliant cable that supports Category 5e or higher as the connection cable
4 SFP ports
Theseareportsforattaching1000BASE-LXand1000BASE-SXmodulesOptionalmodules(BS-SFP-GLRBS-SFP-GSR)(soldseparately)arerequiredtousetheseportsThesesupportautonegotiationandflowcontrolandoperateinfull-duplexmodewithatransferspeedof1GbpsThesharedportscannotbeusedatthesametimeasSFPportsWhencablesareconnectedtoSFPportssharedportsaredisabled
5 USB port
ThisisaportforconnectingUSBdevicesOnlyUSB11andFAT32aresupportedTheUSBmemoryisattachedwhentheswitchisshipped(FormattedwiththeFAT32filesystem)DonotremovetheUSBmemoryduringUSBaccessorwhiletheswitchisstarting
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 9 -
Cooling Fan
AfanforcoolingthepowersupplyisinstalledintherearpaneloftheswitchIfthefanstopsabuzzersoundsandPoEfunctionalityisdisabledAlthoughswitchingstillfunctionsturnofftheunitanddisconnectpoweruntilthefanisfixedProlongedusageinthisstatecanresultinafireduetooverheating
MAC Address LearningTheswitchusesIVLtolearnMACaddressesIVLisamethodthatretainsaMACaddresstableforeachVLANItdiffersfromSVLwhichretainsasharedMACaddresstablefortheentiredeviceBesureyouunderstandhowIVLworksbeforeyoucreateaVLANwiththeswitch
Differences between Operation of IVL and SVL
VLAN 13 VLAN 23 VLAN 123 VLAN 3
VLAN 1 VLAN 2 VLAN 1 VLAN 2
PC 1 PC 2
PC3
Switch 1
Switch 2
SVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by Port 1 on Switch 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 cannot communicate
IVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by both VLAN 1 and VLAN 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 can communicate However frames sent from PC 3 to PC 1 are also delivered to PC 2
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
- 10 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE PlusThisswitchsupports8023atPoEPlus(PoweroverEthernetPlus)PoEsuppliespowertonetworkdevicesoverLANcablesAsingleLANcablecancarrybothdataandpowerWirelessaccesspointsswitchinghubsIPphonesandotherEthernet-powereddevicescanbeinstalledwithoutconnectingpowercablesorworryingaboutpoweroutletlocations
PoE compatible wireless LAN
PoE compatible adapter + Wireless LAN access point
BS Series
PoE compatible switch
PoE compatible IP phone
ThemaximumoutputpowerofeachmodelisshownbelowBSL-PS-G2108M150W(totalfor8ports)BSL-PS-G2116M180W(totalfor16ports)
IfmaximumcurrentisexceededandovercurrentprotectionisactivatednormalpowerforsmallerportnumbersisprioritizedAlsoportscanbegivenahigherprioritysettingmanually
- 11 -
Chapter 2 - Configuration
SettingsThischapterdescribeshowtousetheweb-basedconfigurationinterfacetoconfiguretheswitchandmonitorthenetworkUseaWebbrowsersuchasInternetExplorer70orlatertodisplaySettings
Accessing settings
1 Connecttheadministratorcomputer
2 DownloadtheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquofromBuffalorsquoswebsiteandinstallit
3 StarttheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquo
4 ClickNext
5 SelecttheswitchtoconfigureandclickNext
6 ClickSettings
- 12 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
7 ClickOKIftheIPAddressscreenappearsselectldquoGetIPaddressfromDHCPrdquoorsettheIPaddressmanuallyandclickNext
8 Logintotheswitchconfigurationinterface
EnterldquoadminrdquofortheusernameandldquopasswordrdquoforthepasswordthenclickOK
9 Theadmininterfaceisdisplayed
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 13 -
HomeWhenyouconnecttotheswitchwithyourWebbrowserthehomepageisdisplayedThemenutreeisdisplayedontheleftofthescreenandthesysteminformationisdisplayedontherightClickthelinksinthemenutreetomovetoothermenusanddisplaysetupparametersandstatistics
Panel DisplayThestatusofeachport(linkstatuslinkspeedlow-poweridling)isdisplayedontheswitchisdisplayedintheWebsetupinterfaceIfyouclickthediagramoftheporttheportsetupscreenwillbedisplayed
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 1 Product Overview
- 9 -
Cooling Fan
AfanforcoolingthepowersupplyisinstalledintherearpaneloftheswitchIfthefanstopsabuzzersoundsandPoEfunctionalityisdisabledAlthoughswitchingstillfunctionsturnofftheunitanddisconnectpoweruntilthefanisfixedProlongedusageinthisstatecanresultinafireduetooverheating
MAC Address LearningTheswitchusesIVLtolearnMACaddressesIVLisamethodthatretainsaMACaddresstableforeachVLANItdiffersfromSVLwhichretainsasharedMACaddresstablefortheentiredeviceBesureyouunderstandhowIVLworksbeforeyoucreateaVLANwiththeswitch
Differences between Operation of IVL and SVL
VLAN 13 VLAN 23 VLAN 123 VLAN 3
VLAN 1 VLAN 2 VLAN 1 VLAN 2
PC 1 PC 2
PC3
Switch 1
Switch 2
SVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by Port 1 on Switch 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 cannot communicate
IVLWhen PC 1 and PC 3 communicate PC 3 is learned by both VLAN 1 and VLAN 2 so PC 2 and PC 3 can communicate However frames sent from PC 3 to PC 1 are also delivered to PC 2
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4
- 10 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE PlusThisswitchsupports8023atPoEPlus(PoweroverEthernetPlus)PoEsuppliespowertonetworkdevicesoverLANcablesAsingleLANcablecancarrybothdataandpowerWirelessaccesspointsswitchinghubsIPphonesandotherEthernet-powereddevicescanbeinstalledwithoutconnectingpowercablesorworryingaboutpoweroutletlocations
PoE compatible wireless LAN
PoE compatible adapter + Wireless LAN access point
BS Series
PoE compatible switch
PoE compatible IP phone
ThemaximumoutputpowerofeachmodelisshownbelowBSL-PS-G2108M150W(totalfor8ports)BSL-PS-G2116M180W(totalfor16ports)
IfmaximumcurrentisexceededandovercurrentprotectionisactivatednormalpowerforsmallerportnumbersisprioritizedAlsoportscanbegivenahigherprioritysettingmanually
- 11 -
Chapter 2 - Configuration
SettingsThischapterdescribeshowtousetheweb-basedconfigurationinterfacetoconfiguretheswitchandmonitorthenetworkUseaWebbrowsersuchasInternetExplorer70orlatertodisplaySettings
Accessing settings
1 Connecttheadministratorcomputer
2 DownloadtheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquofromBuffalorsquoswebsiteandinstallit
3 StarttheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquo
4 ClickNext
5 SelecttheswitchtoconfigureandclickNext
6 ClickSettings
- 12 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
7 ClickOKIftheIPAddressscreenappearsselectldquoGetIPaddressfromDHCPrdquoorsettheIPaddressmanuallyandclickNext
8 Logintotheswitchconfigurationinterface
EnterldquoadminrdquofortheusernameandldquopasswordrdquoforthepasswordthenclickOK
9 Theadmininterfaceisdisplayed
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 13 -
HomeWhenyouconnecttotheswitchwithyourWebbrowserthehomepageisdisplayedThemenutreeisdisplayedontheleftofthescreenandthesysteminformationisdisplayedontherightClickthelinksinthemenutreetomovetoothermenusanddisplaysetupparametersandstatistics
Panel DisplayThestatusofeachport(linkstatuslinkspeedlow-poweridling)isdisplayedontheswitchisdisplayedintheWebsetupinterfaceIfyouclickthediagramoftheporttheportsetupscreenwillbedisplayed
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 10 -
Chapter 1 Product Overview
PoE PlusThisswitchsupports8023atPoEPlus(PoweroverEthernetPlus)PoEsuppliespowertonetworkdevicesoverLANcablesAsingleLANcablecancarrybothdataandpowerWirelessaccesspointsswitchinghubsIPphonesandotherEthernet-powereddevicescanbeinstalledwithoutconnectingpowercablesorworryingaboutpoweroutletlocations
PoE compatible wireless LAN
PoE compatible adapter + Wireless LAN access point
BS Series
PoE compatible switch
PoE compatible IP phone
ThemaximumoutputpowerofeachmodelisshownbelowBSL-PS-G2108M150W(totalfor8ports)BSL-PS-G2116M180W(totalfor16ports)
IfmaximumcurrentisexceededandovercurrentprotectionisactivatednormalpowerforsmallerportnumbersisprioritizedAlsoportscanbegivenahigherprioritysettingmanually
- 11 -
Chapter 2 - Configuration
SettingsThischapterdescribeshowtousetheweb-basedconfigurationinterfacetoconfiguretheswitchandmonitorthenetworkUseaWebbrowsersuchasInternetExplorer70orlatertodisplaySettings
Accessing settings
1 Connecttheadministratorcomputer
2 DownloadtheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquofromBuffalorsquoswebsiteandinstallit
3 StarttheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquo
4 ClickNext
5 SelecttheswitchtoconfigureandclickNext
6 ClickSettings
- 12 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
7 ClickOKIftheIPAddressscreenappearsselectldquoGetIPaddressfromDHCPrdquoorsettheIPaddressmanuallyandclickNext
8 Logintotheswitchconfigurationinterface
EnterldquoadminrdquofortheusernameandldquopasswordrdquoforthepasswordthenclickOK
9 Theadmininterfaceisdisplayed
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 13 -
HomeWhenyouconnecttotheswitchwithyourWebbrowserthehomepageisdisplayedThemenutreeisdisplayedontheleftofthescreenandthesysteminformationisdisplayedontherightClickthelinksinthemenutreetomovetoothermenusanddisplaysetupparametersandstatistics
Panel DisplayThestatusofeachport(linkstatuslinkspeedlow-poweridling)isdisplayedontheswitchisdisplayedintheWebsetupinterfaceIfyouclickthediagramoftheporttheportsetupscreenwillbedisplayed
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 11 -
Chapter 2 - Configuration
SettingsThischapterdescribeshowtousetheweb-basedconfigurationinterfacetoconfiguretheswitchandmonitorthenetworkUseaWebbrowsersuchasInternetExplorer70orlatertodisplaySettings
Accessing settings
1 Connecttheadministratorcomputer
2 DownloadtheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquofromBuffalorsquoswebsiteandinstallit
3 StarttheldquoBusinessSwitchConfigurationToolrdquo
4 ClickNext
5 SelecttheswitchtoconfigureandclickNext
6 ClickSettings
- 12 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
7 ClickOKIftheIPAddressscreenappearsselectldquoGetIPaddressfromDHCPrdquoorsettheIPaddressmanuallyandclickNext
8 Logintotheswitchconfigurationinterface
EnterldquoadminrdquofortheusernameandldquopasswordrdquoforthepasswordthenclickOK
9 Theadmininterfaceisdisplayed
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 13 -
HomeWhenyouconnecttotheswitchwithyourWebbrowserthehomepageisdisplayedThemenutreeisdisplayedontheleftofthescreenandthesysteminformationisdisplayedontherightClickthelinksinthemenutreetomovetoothermenusanddisplaysetupparametersandstatistics
Panel DisplayThestatusofeachport(linkstatuslinkspeedlow-poweridling)isdisplayedontheswitchisdisplayedintheWebsetupinterfaceIfyouclickthediagramoftheporttheportsetupscreenwillbedisplayed
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 12 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
7 ClickOKIftheIPAddressscreenappearsselectldquoGetIPaddressfromDHCPrdquoorsettheIPaddressmanuallyandclickNext
8 Logintotheswitchconfigurationinterface
EnterldquoadminrdquofortheusernameandldquopasswordrdquoforthepasswordthenclickOK
9 Theadmininterfaceisdisplayed
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 13 -
HomeWhenyouconnecttotheswitchwithyourWebbrowserthehomepageisdisplayedThemenutreeisdisplayedontheleftofthescreenandthesysteminformationisdisplayedontherightClickthelinksinthemenutreetomovetoothermenusanddisplaysetupparametersandstatistics
Panel DisplayThestatusofeachport(linkstatuslinkspeedlow-poweridling)isdisplayedontheswitchisdisplayedintheWebsetupinterfaceIfyouclickthediagramoftheporttheportsetupscreenwillbedisplayed
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 13 -
HomeWhenyouconnecttotheswitchwithyourWebbrowserthehomepageisdisplayedThemenutreeisdisplayedontheleftofthescreenandthesysteminformationisdisplayedontherightClickthelinksinthemenutreetomovetoothermenusanddisplaysetupparametersandstatistics
Panel DisplayThestatusofeachport(linkstatuslinkspeedlow-poweridling)isdisplayedontheswitchisdisplayedintheWebsetupinterfaceIfyouclickthediagramoftheporttheportsetupscreenwillbedisplayed
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 14 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Main
System InfoYoucanverifysettingsandthestatusoftheswitchhere
---gt System Info
Parameter Meaning
ProductName Productname
SystemName Nameoftheswitch
IPAddress IPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayoftheswitch
Firmware Firmwareversionoftheswitch
BootCode Bootcodeversionoftheswitch
Hardware Hardwareversionoftheswitch
MACAddress MACaddressoftheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 15 -
Basic
SystemThesesettingsspecifyinformationforidentifyingtheswitch
---gt Basic gt System
Parameter Meaning
Name Thenameoftheswitchmaycontainupto31alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
IPAddress SetanIPaddressoftheswitch
SubnetMask Setasubnetmaskoftheswitch
DefaultGateway SetthedefaultgatewayIPaddress
DHCP ThisenablesordisablesacquisitionofIPaddressesviaDHCPEnabled TheIPaddressisobtainedfromaDHCPserverDisabled ThefunctionforobtainingtheIPaddressfromaDHCP
serverisdisabled
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 16 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
MAC Address FilteringThefilteringsettingsaremadebyMACaddress
---gt Basic gt MAC Address Filtering
Parameter Meaning
TypeofFiltering ThisenablesordisablestheMACfiltering
ForStaticMACfiltering
MACaddress ThissetstheMACaddresswheretheaddressfilterwillbeaddedorremoved(Inputexample001122aabbcc)ToregisterselecttheporttoberegisteredandclickRegisterToremoveselecttheportwheretheMACaddressisregisteredandclickDelete
Notes AllframescanpassthroughportswherenoMACaddressisregistered InportswhereaMACaddressisregisteredonlyframesthathavetheregisteredMACaddressasthesource
MACaddresscanpassthroughandotherframesareblocked Framefilteringisperformedduringinputtotheport Upto16MACaddressescanberegisteredperport IfaMACfilterisset8021xauthenticationcannotbeperformedattheport
ForDynamicMACfiltering
ofMAC Thissetsthenumberofdevices(0to8191)wheredynamicMACaddresslearningisallowedforeachport
Notes PortswherethenumberofsettingunitsisleftblankaresettoallowallMACaddresses Eachportcanbesetintherangefrom0to8191buttheswitchcanlearnamaximumof8191MAC
addressesonlyIfthenumberofaddressesexceeds8191MACaddressesarediscardedwithoutlearningthem
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 17 -
Flow Control StatusThisdisplaystheFlowControlStatus
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Name Displaystheportname
Allow Displayswhethertheportisenabledordisabled
FlowControl Displayswhetherflowcontrolisenabledordisabled
EEE Displayswhetherlow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)isenabledordisabled
Link Displayswhetherthelinkisupordown
Mode DisplayswhetherthecommunicationsmodeissettoAutoorManual
JumboFrames Displayswhetherjumboframesareenabledordisabled
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 18 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Flow ControlThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheflowcontrolofeachport
---gt Basic gt Flow Control gt Flow Control
Parameter Meaning
Name Theportnamemaycontainupto16alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
Allow Enableordisabletheselectedport
FlowControl Enableordisableflowcontrol
EEE Enableordisablelow-poweridling(IEEE8023az)
Mode Specifytherateandduplexmode
JumboFrames Enableordisablejumboframesontheselectedport
bull When low-power idling (IEEE 8023az) is enabled the power consumed when there is nocommunicationdatabeingsentorreceived(idlestatus)Howevertheotherendoftheconnection
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 19 -
mustalsosupportthefunctionforthistotakeeffectbull TheAuto-MDI-Xfunctionisdisablediftherateandduplexmodearefixedbull Whenusinggigabitcommunicationsautonegotiationmustbeusedbull SFPportsandsharedportscanonlybesettoautonegotiationbull Whenusingtrunkconfigurationthemodeisfixedtoautonegotiationbull Whenconnectingtoadevicewithadifferentratethatsupportsflowcontrolenableflowcontrol
ontheswitchbull QoSdoesnotfunctionwhileflowcontrolisenabled
Admin AccountThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheusernameandpasswordusedforloggingintotheswitch
---gt Basic gt Admin Account
Parameter Meaning
Username ThenameoftheAdministratoraccountisldquoadminrdquo
Password ThisisthepasswordforloggingintotheswitchItmaycontainupto8alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ConfirmPassword Enterthepasswordagain
bull ThepasswordfieldisdisplayedasbeingblankevenwhenapasswordhasbeensetIfyouclickApplyinthisconditionthepasswordwillnolongerbeset
bull WhenyouclickApplytheusernameandpasswordinputscreenwillbedisplayedInputthenewpassword
bull Youmaybeunabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterfaceifyouforgetthepasswordbull Iftheresetswitchisenabledyoucanrestorethefactorydefaultsettingsbypressingthereset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefaultbull IftheresetswitchisdisabledyoumustsendthedevicetoBuffaloTechnicalSupporttorestorethe
factorydefaultsInthiseventpleasecontactBuffaloTechnicalSupport
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 20 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Date and TimeThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureSNTP(SimpleNetworkTimeProtocol)settings
---gt Basic gt Date and Time
Parameter Meaning
DisableSNTP ThisisusedtosetthetimewithoutusinganSNTPserverEnterdateandtimemanuallyClickGet Current Time from PCtousethetimeonthecomputeryouareusingtoperformsetupThistakesafewsecondstoset
EnableSNTP ThisisselectedtousetheSNTPserverSettheSNTPServerIPRefreshIntervalandTimeZone
bull IfyoudonotuseSNTPtheclockwillbesetto000000January11900whentheswitchisstartedand be counted from this date Use of SNTP is recommended because the clock may becomeinaccurate
bull IfyouusetheGet Current Time from PCbuttontosetthetimethetimewillreverttothedefault(000000January11900)whentheswitchisrestarted
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 21 -
PoE StatusTheseindicatorsshowthePoEstatus
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Power MaximumThisindicatesthemaximumsuppliablepowerThisswitchcansupplyamaximumof180000mW
Used Thisindicatesthepowercurrentlybeingused
Available Thisindicatesthedifferencebetweenthemaximumpowerandpowerusage
PoE ThisindicatesOnOffforthePoE
Status ThisindicatesthePoEsupplystatus
PowerClass ThisindicatestheclassoftheconnectedPD
Priority ThisindicatesthepriorityoftheconnectedPD
SuppliedPower(mW) Thisindicatesthesupplypowerforeachport
Current(mA) Thisindicatesthesupplycurrentforeachport
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 22 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port PoE SettingsTheseareusedtomakethePoEsettings
---gt Basic gt PoE gt Settings
Parameter Meaning
CurrentProfile Thisindicatestheprofile(1to4)thatwassetinthepower-savingprofiler
PoE ThisenablesordisablesthePoE
Priority ThissetsthepriorityofthePoEsupplyIfthemaximumtotalpowersupplyisexceededpowerissuppliedtotheportswiththehigherpriorityIfthepriorityisthesamethesmallerportnumberisgivenpriority
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 23 -
Parameter Meaning
HighPower IfenabledtheproprietaryBuffalohigh-powerfunctionanextensionoftheIEEE8023afstandardsallowsamaximumof30WtobesuppliedClass0to3devicesreceive154Wofpowerclass4devicesmayuseupto30W
Ifdisabledstandard8023afpowersuppliesupto154Wmax
atLLDPpacketsaresentat30-secondintervalsfromportssettouse8023atIfthePDsupportsLLDPpowerisdynamicallyadjustedIftheconnectedPDisclass0to3154WofpowerissuppliedForclass430Wofpowerissupplied(LLDPdevicesonly)
Ifthepowersupplycapacityisexceededpowerissuppliedwithprioritytotheportwiththesmallernumber
Setting Supported Device
Disable 8023afpowereddevice(PD)
afhigh-power 8023afPDProprietaryBuffalohigh-powerPD
at 8023afPD8023atPD
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 24 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PoE ProfilesThisisusedtosetthepower-savingprofilerThepower-savingprofilerisafunctionusedtodynamicallyormanuallyswitchtodifferentPoEsettingsThisfunctioncanbesetintheWebAdmininterfaceonlyItcannotbesetfromthecommandlineinterface
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 25 -
Parameter Meaning
Schedule ManualTheprofileisswitchedmanually
AutomaticTheprofileisswitchedautomatically
CurrentProfile Inmanualprofileswitchingmodethisindicatestheprofilethatiscurrentlybeingused
Profiles Thisdisplaysalistoftheprofilesthatarecurrentlyset
EditProfiles ClicktoedittheprofileinformationClicktoopentheprofileinformationeditingscreen
Schedule Thisdisplaysalistoftheschedulesthatarecurrentlyset
EditSchedule ClicktoeditthescheduleClicktoopenthetimetableeditingscreen
Schedule WeeklyThisdisplaystheschedulebythedayoftheweek
DailyThisdisplaystheschedulebytheday
bull TosettoautomaticprofileswitchingmodeSNTPmustbeenabledIfSNTPisenabledbutthetimecannotbeobtainedfromtheservertheprofileisnotautomaticallyswitchedandthemanagementprofilethatwassetinthescheduleisappliedbasedontheinternalclockoftheswitch
bull ThesettingsinldquoPortPoESettingsrdquoaresavedtotheprofileselectedinCurrentProfileHowevertheldquoPortPoESettingsrdquocannotbechangedwheninautomaticprofileswitchingmode
bull When editing the profile set the scheduler to ManualThe profile cannot be edited when theschedulerissettoAutomatic
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 26 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Profiles
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Use ThisisusedtoselectthemanagementprofileAmanagementprofileisaprofileappliedtotimeframesnothavinganyspecificprofileforthedateordayoftheweek
Profile Thisisusedtosettheprofilename
Initialization ClicktoinitializetheprofilethatwasselectedinldquoChooseprofiletoinitializerdquo
Copy Profile ClicktocopytheprofileselectedinldquoCopyfromrdquototheprofileselectedinldquotordquo
InmanualprofileswitchingmodetheprofilespecifiedastheldquoCurrentProfilerdquocannotbeinitializedorselectedasthecopytarget
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 27 -
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Power Profiles gt Edit Schedule
Parameter Meaning
FinishedEditing Clicktoreturntothepreviousscreen
Specifyby Selectthetimetablespecifyingmethod
Date SpecifydatesthatareaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodInthisswitchthetimefrom600to3000istreatedasonedayThetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
Dayofweek SpecifythedayoftheweekthatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Period SpecifythetimethatisaddedtothetimetableThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDayofweekandtimerdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethodThetimeissetintherangefrom600to3000Thetimeframefrom2400to3000isequivalentto000to600ofthenextday
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 28 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
ProfileSelection Specifytheprofileselectionmethod
UseprofilebelowThisspecifiesbytheprofile
CopyprofilefromadifferentdayThisspecifiesanotherdayoftheweeksetting
ThisisenabledonlywhenldquoDaterdquoisselectedforthespecifyingmethod
Profile Selecttheprofile
Useprofilefrom SelectthedayoftheweekThisisenabledonlywhenldquoCopyprofilefromadifferentdayrdquoisselected
Schedule Thisdisplaystheschedulelistthatwasset
Turn Off LEDsThisfunctionisusedtosettheLEDsonandoffThissettingcanbemanagedintheprofileofthepower-savingprofilerandtheLEDscanbesetonandoffforaspecifiedtimeframebasedonthescheduler
---gt Basic gt Power Saving gt Turn Off LEDs
Parameter Meaning
Profile Thisindicatesthecurrentprofilethatissetinthepower-savingprofiler
TurnOffLEDs No TheLEDsOfffunctionisnotusedAlltheLEDsturnonoroff
Yes TheLEDsOfffunctionisusedAllLEDsexceptforthePowerLEDsareturnedoff
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 29 -
Advanced
VLANsThesesettingsareusedtoviewthecurrentVLANsettingsandcreatenewVLANs
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt VLANs
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 30 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
VLANs ThisdisplaysthecurrentVLANconfigurationandPVIDs(PortVLANIDs)TheinformationdisplayedforeachVLANistheVLANIDportmembershipattributesPVIDVLANnameandVLANManagementYoucanalsoeditaVLANbyclickingEditordeleteitbyclickingDeleteYoucannotdeleteVLAN1
ID SpecifytheVLANnumberRange1to4094
Name SpecifytheVLANnameUpto17charactersincludingonlyalphanumericcharactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
ManagementVLAN SpecifyamanagementVLANOnlyterminalsconnectedtoamanagementVLANcanaccesstheconfigurationinterface
Tagged Assignaportasataggedmember
Untagged Assignaportasanuntaggedmember
NotaMember Indicatesthattheportasnotbeenassignedasamember
Restore ReloadsthecurrentVLANsettings
Clear Clearsthesettingsshown
PrivacySeparator EnableordisablePrivacySeparator(afunctionenablingcommunicationfromeachroomtotherouterbutblockingcommunicationbetweeneachroom)
Uplink PortusedbytheroutertoconnecttotheInternetTheUplinkportcancommunicatewithallDownlinkportsUpto2portscanbeselectedatonce
Downlink ConnecttoeachroomDownlinkportscancommunicatewithuplinkportsbutnotwitheachother
bull IftheVLANIDofareceivedframeisnotaVLANmemberoftheportonwhichitisreceiveditisdiscardedbytheingressfilter
bull IfyousetaportasNotMemberfromacertainVLANthePVIDoftheportmustalsobechangedfromtheVLANID(egWhenyouchangePort5fromVLAN2toNotMemberchangethePVIDtosomethingother
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 31 -
than2)bull InPrivacySeparatortheswitchrsquosmanagementinterfacecanonlybeaccessedfromUplinkportsIf
theportconnectedtothesetupcomputerissettobeaDownlinkportyouwillnolongerbeabletoaccesstheconfigurationinterface
bull IfthePrivacySeparatorisenabledallexistingVLANsaredeletedanditisnolongerpossibletocreateoreditVLANsAlltrunkingsettingsarealsodeletedanddisabled
PVIDsThesesettingsareusedtodefinePVIDs(PortVLANIDs)
---gt Advanced gt VLANs gt PVIDs
Parameter Meaning
PVID SpecifytheportVLANIDUntaggedframesreceivedbyeachportherearerecognizedasbeinginthespecifiedVLANnumber
Range1to4094
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 32 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
QoS StatusThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt Status
Parameter Meaning
QoS EnableordisableQoS
Queue StrictThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonstrictpriorityqueuesTrafficwiththehighestpriorityinthequeueissentfirstIfthereisstilldatawithahighprioritylevelinthequeuedatawithalowerprioritylevelcannotbesentaheadofthisinthequeue
WRR ThisperformsqueueschedulingbasedonaweightedroundrobinDataissentaccordingtotheratioofoutputofdatapacketsspecifiedineachqueueandthemaximumnumberofdatapacketssentEvenpacketqueueswithalowprioritycansendacertainamountofdata
Priority SelectthepriorityparameterusedfromToSandCoS
bull QoSdoesnotfunctiononportsonwhichflowcontrolisenabledbull PriorityassignmentcannotbechangedwhileQoSisOFFbull TheWRR(WeightedRoundRobin)ratioforHighestHighNormalLowis6421
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 33 -
QoS MappingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigurethemappingofToSCoSandport-basedprioritylevels
---gt Advanced gt QoS gt QoS Mapping
Parameter Meaning
PortPriorityQueue
Setstheprioritylevelforeachport
CoSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforCoS0to7
ToSMappingQueue
SetthepriorityqueueforToS000to111
OnlytheparametersthatareenabledareshownontheCoSandToSsetupscreen
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 34 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Authentication ServersThisdisplaysthestatusoftheauthenticationserverandportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Status
Parameter Meaning
Status Thisdisplaystheauthenticationstatus
IfIEEE8021Xauthenticationisenabledthisisalwaysshownasdisabledevenifanauthenticateddeviceisconnected
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 35 -
RADIUSThesesettingsareusedtoconfiguretheauthenticationserver
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt RADIUS
Parameter Meaning
Enable Enabletheauthenticationserver
AuthServerIP IPaddressoftheauthenticationserver
AuthServerPort Theportnumberoftheauthenticationserver
SharedSecret Thesharedsecretfortheauthenticationservermaycontainupto20alphanumericcharactershyphens(-)andunderscores(_)
ResetTimer SetsthetimeuntilthenextauthenticationisrequiredRange1to65535
Termination-Action ThisisselectedtoadheretoTermination-Actionnotifiedbytheauthenticationserver
bull ThedefaultSesson-Timeoutis10secondsandthedefaultnumberofRetriesis2IfeitherhasbeenupdatedthenewvalueisusedwhennotifiedofaSession-Timeoutbytheauthenticationserver
bull TheswitchmustberesettodeleteaSharedSecretthathasbeensetTheSharedSecretcanbechanged
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 36 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port AuthenticationThesesettingsareusedtoconfigure8021XauthenticationforeachportAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforportauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Port Authentication
Parameter Meaning
Authentication Setauthenticationforeachport
8021XPort8021XauthenticationisperformedonaportbasisWhenauthenticationiscompletedcommunicationcanbeperformedbyalldevicesconnectedtotheport
8021XMAC8021XauthenticationisperformedonaMACaddressbasisCommunicationcanbeperformedonlyfordeviceswhereauthenticationhasbeencompleted
PasswordThisenablespasswordauthenticationTousethistheauthenticationservermustbeenabledinthepasswordauthenticationsettings
ByMACThisenablesMACauthentication
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 37 -
Parameter Meaning
EAPExtensions InsertacheckmarkheretodisabletheauthenticationfunctionforallsettingportsortoenablereceivedEAPframestopassthrough
bull InportswhereMACauthenticationwassetwhenanIPpacketisreceivedthesenderMACaddressisusedtoperformauthenticationAuthenticationisperformedwiththeRADIUSserverbyusingthesenderMACaddressasboththeusernameandthepasswordExampleWhentheIPpacketsenderMACaddressis112233445566Username112233445566Password112233445566ARADIUSrequestissenttotheRADIUSserverusingtheusernameandpasswordshownaboveTheusermustberegisteredbeforehandattheRADIUSserver
bull MAC authentication is not started two consecutive times for the same MAC address If MACauthenticationfailseitherdisconnectandreconnecttheLANcableortryauthenticationagainafterperformingotherauthentication
bull Thesupportedencryptionssystemareshowninthetablebelow
Authentication Supported Encryption System Simultaneous Setting
8021XPort 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Notallowed
8021XMAC 8021X(EAP-MD5TLSPEAP) Allowed
Password PAP Allowed
ByMAC PAP Allowed
bull If performing 8021X MAC authentication EAPOL-Start must be issued from the supplicant tostartauthentication
bull If8021XportauthenticationwasperformedMACaddressfilteringcannolongerbeusedattheapplicableport
bull IfPAPwasusedre-authenticationisnotperformedbull InportswhereMACaddressfilteringortrunkingisenabledauthenticationcannotbeselected
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 38 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Password AuthenticationThisisusedtomakethepasswordauthenticationsettingsAseparateauthenticationserverisrequiredforpasswordauthentication
---gt Advanced gt Authentication gt Password Authentication
Parameter Meaning
EnablePasswordAuthentication Thisenablesthepasswordauthenticationserversettings
ServerPort Thissetstheportnumberforconnectingtothepasswordauthenticationpage
LoginShortcut ClickCreatetocreateashortcutofthepasswordauthenticationpagePortnumber80cannotbesetbecauseitisalreadyusedintheWebsettings
Image ThisuploadstheimagedisplayedinthepasswordauthenticationpageTheuploadedimagefilemustbe125pixelsinwidth24pixelsinheightand64KBinsizeThesupportedformatsareJPGGIFPNGandBMPTheBUFFALOlogoisdisplayedwhenshippedbutoncethelogoischangeditcannotberestoredImagesthatexceedthespecifiedvaluearecropped
Title Titledisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 39 -
Parameter Meaning
Text Textdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
Footer Footerdisplayedinpasswordauthenticationpage
TheconnectionaddressoftheWebauthenticationpageisshownbelowhttpswitchIPaddressPortnumberExampleDefaultsettinghttp19216812548080
bull OnlyportswhereWebauthenticationwassetinldquoPortAuthenticationrdquocanbeconnectedtothepasswordauthenticationpage
bull ClickPreviewtodisplaythecurrentpasswordauthenticationpage
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 40 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Port TrunkingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureporttrunking
---gt Advanced gt Port Trunking
Parameter Meaning
LACP Settrunkingmodeandthetrunkmembers
DisableThisdisablesLACP
EnableThisattemptsautonegotiationbysendingLACPpackets
ManualThisisformanuallyconfiguringtrunkingAfteryouselectthisitemselecttheportsthatarethetrunkmembersLACPpacketsarenotsentorreceived
bull Themaximumnumberofportswhereporttrunkingcanbesetisshownbelow
Product Name LACP Trunk Manual
BSL-PS-G2108M 4ports 4ports
BSL-PS-G2116M 4ports 8ports
bull ThenumbersofgroupsthatcanbecreatedareonegroupforLACPandfourgroupsfortrunkingandamaximumtotaloffourgroups
bull AfteratrunkiscreatedEditorDeletetoeditorremoveatrunkgroupbull IfconfiguringatrunkgroupbyLACPtheoppositeswitchcanbeconfiguredbyboththeLACP
ActiveandPassivesettings
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 41 -
bull IfLACPortrunkissettheportsofthesametrunkgroupmustbeonthesameVLANbull IfchangingtheVLANthesettingisappliedtotheportwiththesmallestportnumberbull IfabroadcastmulticastpacketorotherdataisreceivedbeforeestablishingtheLACPortrunkthe
switchtemporarilyformsaloopandthebuzzermaysoundduetothelooppreventionfunctionOperationisperformednormallyaftertheLACPortrunkisestablished
Traffic Storm ControlThesesettingsareforrestrictingtheoccurrenceofstormsWhenvariouspacketsexceedtheRateLimit(threshold)setheretheexcesspacketsarediscarded
---gt Advanced gt Traffic Storm Control
Parameter Meaning
BroadcastRateLimit
Therateatwhichbroadcastsmaypass
MulticastRateLimit
Therateatwhichmulticastsmaypass
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 42 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
DLFRateLimit
TherateofDLFs(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)thatmaybeallowedtopass
WhentheratelimitissetbaseduponbroadcaststrafficmaynotflowdependingonthetypeofpacketsuchasmulticastandDLF(destinationlookupfailureunicasts)Setatheratelimittoavaluewithroomconsideringthenumberofframesnormallyused
Mirrored PortsThesesettingsareformonitoringtraffic(copyingcontentofcommunicationsfrommirrorsourcetomirrortarget)
---gt Advanced gt Mirroring
Parameter Meaning
Mirror ThisisselectedtouseMirroring
SourcePortSpecifytheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored
MonitorPortSpecifytheportwhichwillmonitortraffic
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 43 -
BPDU ForwardingThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureBPDU
---gt Advanced gt BPDU Forwarding
Parameter Meaning
BPDUForwarding EnableordisabletheBPDUpacketsofSpanningTreeProtocoltransmitted
BPDU BridgeProtocolDataUnit
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 44 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop PreventionConfigurelooppreventionsettingshere
---gt Advanced gt Loop Prevention
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 45 -
Parameter Meaning
Actionwhenloopsdetected Thissetsoperationwhenaloopisdetected
IgnoreNooperationisperformedfortheportwherealoopwasdetectedHowevertheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforabout60secondsIftheloopisdetectedafter60secondsthe60-secondbuzzersoundsagainandtheoperationisrepeated
DisabletheportWhenaloopisdetectedinaporttheportisdisabledonlyforthenumberofsecondsthatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquoAtthesametimetheDIAGLEDandLEDfortheportwheretheloopwasdetectedbothblinkandthebuzzersoundsforthenumberofsecondssetinldquoDisableforrdquo
Disablefor IfldquoDisabletheportldquowassetforoperationwhenaloopisdetectedthissetsthetime(seconds)thattheportisdisabledRange0to65535seconds
MACThrashing ThisenablestheMACthrashingsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthenumberoflearnedMACaddressesofthisswitchexceedsthepresetthresholdvaluein1second
LDF ThisenablestheLDFsystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionThissendsLDFpacketsat1-secondintervalsAloopisrecognizedifthesentLDFpacketisreceived
ReceiveRate ThisenablesthereceptionratesystemoftheloopdetectionfunctionAloopisrecognizedifthepresetreceptionrateisexceeded
ReceivedDataThreshold Thissetsthereceptionratethresholdvalue(1to1000Mbps)forrecognizingaloop
bull IfthetimethatwassetinldquoDisabledurationrdquohaselapsedtheportisautomaticallyenabledbull The loop detection function temporarily disables a port when a loop is detected It does not
preventloopsThespanningtreefunctionisusedtoblocktheportwheretheloopwasdetecteditautomaticallyswitchesthecommunicationroutetopreventanetworkfailureTheBuffaloswitchincludesbothfunctionsUsethefunctionyouneedbasedonyourenvironment
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 46 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Loop prevention Spanning tree
Operationwhenloopdetected
ThisdisablestheportforapresetlengthoftimeAfterthepresettimehaselapsedthedisabledportisenabled
Thisautomaticallyblockstheportandswitchesthecommunicationroute
Loopremovalmethod
Manual
CommunicationcanbeperformedtemporarilywhiletheportisdisabledExceptwhenstormcontrolisenabledcommunicationcannotbeperformeduntiltheloopisremoved
Automatic
Communicationisdisconnectedwhileswitchingthepath
Recommendedenvironment
Small-scalenetworks Largeandmedium-scalenetworkswhereaspanningtreeisalreadysetandenvironmentswhereyouwanttocompletelypreventloops
Management
Update FirmwareThisisusedtodownloadafirmwarefileandupgradethefirmware
---gt Management gt Update Firmware
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 47 -
Parameter Meaning
Updatefrom PC SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonacomputerUSBDevice SpecifyafirmwarefilestoredonaUSBdevice
FirmwareFile ClickBrowsetospecifyafirmwarefileonthecomputerandclickUpdatetoupgradethefirmware
FirmwareFile(USBDevice) AlistoffirmwarefilesontheUSBdeviceisdisplayedSpecifyafileandclickUpdatetobeginthefirmwareupgrade
Theonlyfilesdisplayedinthelistarethosewitharomextension
bull Donotturnofftheswitchorclosethebrowserduringtheupgradebull OncetheupgradeiscompleteldquoTheproductwillrebootrdquoisdisplayedClickReboottorebootThe
upgradedfirmwarewillbeappliedafterrebootingbull When transferring from a USB device place the firmware file in the root directory of the USB
deviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
Save and Restore SettingsThesesettingsareforsavingandrestoringtheswitchrsquosconfigurationinformation
---gt Management gt Save and Restore Settings
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 48 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Saveto PC ClickSavetosavethesettingsUSBDevice SpecifythenameofafilesavedontheUSBdeviceas
theFileName Upto31charactersincludingonlyalphanumeric
charactersldquo-rdquo(hyphens)andldquo_rdquo(underscores)
Restorefrom PC ClickBrowsefortheFileNameandspecifytheconfigfilethenclickRestoretorestoretheconfiguration
USBDevice AlistofconfigfilesontheUSBdevicewillbedisplayedinFileName(USBDevice)SelectthefiletorestoreandclickRestoretorestoreit
bull WhensavingtoaUSBdevicetheextensionisautomaticallysettoldquocfgrdquobull Donotturnoffthedevicewhilesavingorrestoringbull Once the file is restored ldquoThe product will rebootrdquo is displayed Click Reboot to reboot The
configurationwillbeappliedafterrebootingbull DonotrestoresettingsusingamanuallyeditedsettingsfileTheswitchmaybecomeinaccessible
ifthesettingsfileisbrokenbull WhenrestoringthesettingsfilefromaUSBdeviceplacethesettingsfileintherootdirectoryof
theUSBdeviceFilesindirectoriesarenotrecognized
RebootThisisusedtoreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Reboot
Parameter Meaning
Reboot ClickReboottoreboottheswitch
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 49 -
InitializeThisisusedtoinitializethesettingsandreboottheswitch
---gt Management gt Initialize
Parameter Meaning
Initialize(exceptIP) InitializesallsettingsexcepttheIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewayandrebootstheswitch
Initialize Initializesallsettingsandrebootstheswitch
ResetButton Enableordisabletheresetbutton
MAC Address Table (Port Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt Port Order
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 50 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(PortOrder) ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinportorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
MAC Address Table (MAC Address Order)ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorder
---gt Management gt MAC Address Table gt MAC Order
Parameter Meaning
MACAddressTable(MACAddressOrder)
ThisdisplaystheMACaddresstableinMACAddressorderClickRefreshtoupdatetheselectedporttothelatestinformationClickCleartoclearthetable
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 51 -
StatisticsThisdisplaysstatisticsontheswitch
---gt Management gt Statistics
Parameter Meaning
Name Nameoftheport
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedPackets Packetsreceived
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentPackets Packetssent
Details ClickDetailstodisplaydetailedinformation
Refresh ClickRefreshtoupdatetothelatestinformation
Reset ClickCleartocleartheinformation
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 52 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
---gt Management gt Statistics gt Details
Parameter Meaning
ReceivedOctets Dataoctetsreceived
ReceivedUnicast Unicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedMulticast Multicastpacketsreceived
ReceivedBroadcast Broadcastpacketsreceived
ReceivedPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbereceivedduetoalackofsystemresources
ReceivedPacketErrors PacketsreceivedthatcontainederrorssuchasCRCerrors
SentOctets Dataoctetssent
SentUnicast Unicastpacketssent
SentMulticast Multicastpacketssent
SentBroadcast Broadcastpacketssent
SentPacketsDiscarded Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetoalackofsystemresources
SentPacketErrors Packetsthatcouldnotbesentduetofactorssucascollisionsetc
Themaximumvalueforeachcounteris64bitsOncethemaximumisreachedthecounterisresetto0
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 53 -
LogsThisdisplaystheswitchrsquosloginformation
---gt Management gt Logs
Parameter Meaning
Sort Selectthetypeoflogmessagedisplayed
bull ClickCleartoclearthesyslogbull Clickltltltgtandgtgttochangepagesbull ThecorrecttimemustbesetusingSNTPSettingstodisplaythecorecttimeintheloginformation
Syslog SettingsThesesettingsareforconfiguringthetransferoftheswitchrsquoslogstoaSyslogserver
---gt Management gt Syslog Settings
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 54 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
Parameter Meaning
Enable EnablestransferoflogstoaSyslogserver
IPAddress SpecifytheIPaddressoftheSyslogserver
AttachHeaderInfo Selecttheinformationaddedtotheheaderofthedatasent
MACAddressIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressinthelog
MACAddressandSystemNameIncludeinformationontheswitchrsquosMACaddressandtheswitchnameinthelog
Type SelectthecategoryofloginformationsentTherearefourlogcategoriesConfigurationAuthenticationDeviceandSystem
None Thelogisnottransferred
Notice Onlylogsconcerningnoticesaretransferred
Detailed Onlylogsconcerninginformationaretransferred
Notice+Detail Allmessagesaretransferred
AseparateSyslogserverisrequired
Restore from USBThesesettingsareusedtoconfigureUSBsettings
---gt Management gt Restore from USB
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 55 -
Parameter Meaning
BootMode ThesettingsfileisreadfromaUSBdevicewhenbootingWhenthebootsettingsaresettoreadfromUSBtheyarereadfromtheldquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdeviceIfthereisnordquodefaultcfgrdquofileontheUSBdevicetheconfigurationfileisreadfromtheswitchitselfWhenthesettingsarechangedwhileaUSBdeviceisinsertedinthedevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoiscreatedontheUSBdeviceandsynchronizedwiththesettingsontheproductThelatestsettingsfileisalwayssavedtordquodefaultcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicerdquodefaultcfgrdquoundertherootdirectoryoftheUSBdeviceisloadeduponbooting
Auto-save AbackupoftheconfigurationfileisautomaticallysavedtotheUSBdevicewhentheconfigurationischangedIfenabledthesettingsfileisautomaticallysavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquoontheUSBdevicewheneverconfigurationchangesaremadeThelatestversionisalwayssavedtoldquodefaultcfgrdquoandtheversionbeforethelatestsettingsfileissavedtoldquoyyyymmddcfgrdquo
defaultcfgThelatestsettingsfileissynchronizedwiththeproduct
yyyymmddcfgThisindicatesthedatesetontheswitchThesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasabackup
ExampleIfthesettingsarechangedonOctober12012whileAuto-saveisenabledthesettingsfileforafterthechangeinsettingsissavedtotheUSBdeviceasldquodefaultcfgldquoandthesettingsfilefrombeforethechangeinsettingsissavedasldquo20121001cfgldquoasabackupIfseveralchangesaremadetothesettingsfileonthesamedayldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoisoverwrittenldquodefaultcfgldquoandldquoyyyymmddcfgldquoaresavedtotherootdirectoryoftheUSBdevice
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 56 -
Chapter 2 Configuration
PingThisisusedtoperformPing(responseconfirmation)tests
---gt Management gt Ping
Parameter Meaning
DestinationIPaddress SpecifytheIPaddressofthePingtargetClickExecutetodisplaytheresults
Irsquom hereTheselectedswitchwillsoundabuzzermakingiteasytolocate
---gt Management gt Irsquom here
Parameter Meaning
DurationofBeep ThissetsthedurationthatthebuzzerissoundedwhenIrsquomhereisexecutedRange1to1800
Beep ThebuzzerissoundedwhenthisisclickedOncetheabovebuzzerdurationsettinghaselapsedthebuzzersoundisautomaticallystopped
Stop Tostopthebuzzerclickthiswhilethebuzzerissounding
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 2 Configuration
- 57 -
Support
SupportThisdisplaysBuffalorsquoswebsite
---gt Support
Parameter Meaning
Support ThisisalinktoBuffalorsquoswebsitewhereyoucanfinddocumentationupdatedfirmwareandsupport
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 58 -
Chapter 3 - Troubleshooting
Power LED is not litCheckthattheswitchandthepoweroutletareconnectedbythepowercable
Link LED is not litbull Checkthatthepoweroftheswitchandconnecteddeviceareturnedon
bull CheckthattheswitchandtheconnecteddevicearebothconnectedbyaEthernetcable
bull Check that an appropriate type of cable is used and that the cable length does not exceed thespecifications
bull CheckthattheEthernetadapterontheconnecteddeviceisoperatingproperlyandthattherearenoproblemswiththeEthernetcable
Canrsquot access via browserbull CheckthatyouareconnectedtoaportthatisamemberofthemanagementaccessVLAN
bull CheckthattheLinkLEDfortheconnectedportislit
bull Checkthattheportbeingusedisnotdisabled
Forgot password and cannot loginbull If the reset switch is enabled you can restore the factory default settings by pressing the reset
buttonTheresetswitchisenabledbydefault
bull IftheresetswitchisdisabledpleasecontactBuffalotechnicalsupport
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
- 59 -
Power ProblemsIfthepowerLEDisnotlitwhenpowerisconnectedthiscouldbeaproblemwiththepoweroutletpowercordorinternalpowersupplyCheckthatthepowercordisfirmlyconnectedtoaknown-goodsupplyofpowerIfthepowerLEDstilldoesnrsquotcomeontheremaybeaproblemwiththeinternalpowersupplyunit
Access from the NetworkYoucanuseaWebbrowsertoaccessandmanagetheswitchfromanywhereonthenetworktowhichitisconnectedHoweveryoumustconfigureavalidIPaddresssubnetmaskanddefaultgatewaysettingsontheswitchinadvanceCheckthefollowingpointsifyouareunabletoestablishalinkwiththeswitch
bull Thenetworkconnectionisvalid
bull TheswitchhasavalidIPaddress
bull Theconnectedportisnotdisabled
bull TherearenoproblemswiththeconnectedEthernetcable
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 60 -
Appendix
Default Configuration SettingsFeature Parameter Default Setting
System Name BSL+switchrsquosMACAddress
IPAddress 1921681254
SubnetMask 2552552550
DefaultGateway 0000
DHCP Disabled
MacAddressFiltering
TypeofFiltering Disablefiltering
FlowControl Name Port_+portnumber
Allow On
FlowControl Off
EEE On
Mode Auto
JumboFrames On
AdminAccount Username admin
Password password
DateandTime DateandTime DisableSNTP1900Year1Month1Day0Hour0Minute0Second
PortPoESettings
PoE On
Priority Low
HighPower 8023af(HP)
PowerProfiles Schedule Manual
CurrentProfile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs Profile profile_01
TurnOffLEDs No
VLANs ID 1
Name None
ManagementVLAN Enabled
PVIDs PVIDs 1
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Appendix
- 61 -
Feature Parameter Default Setting
QoSStatus QoSSettings QoS OffQueueStrict
Priority None
QoSMapping PortPriority Low
CoSMapping Low
RADIUS AuthServer EnabledAuthServerIP 1111AuthServerPort 1812SharedSecret -
ResetTimer 3600seconds
Advanced Termination-Action Disabled
PortAuthentication
Authentication Disabled
EAPExtensions Disabled
PasswordAuthentication
PasswordAuthentication EnabledServerPort 8080
PortTrunking PortTrunking Disabled
TrafficStormControl
Broadcast Unlimited
Multicast Unlimited
DLF Unlimited
Mirroring Mirror1Mirror2
Disabled
BPDUForwarding
BPDUForwarding Disabled
LoopPrevention LoopPrevention Disabled
SyslogSettings SyslogServer EnabledIPAddress 0000AttachHeader MACAddress
Type Configuration Notice+DetailAuthentication Notice+DetailDevice Notice+DetailSystem Notice+Detail
RestorefromUSB
BootMode EnabledRestoresettingsfromtheconfigurationfileontheUSBdeviceifswitchisrebooted
Auto-save DisabledAutomaticallysaveconfigurationchangestotheconfigurationfileontheUSBdevice
Irsquomhere DurationofBeep 10seconds
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 62 -
Appendix
Twisted Pair Cable and Port SpecificationsAtwo-pairtwistedpaircableisrequiredfor1000BASE-T100BASE-TXand10BASE-TconnectionsEachwirepairisidentifiedbytwocolorsForexampleonemayberedandtheotherredwithawhitestripeInadditionRJ-45connectorsarerequiredateachendofthecable
Note A 4-pair 8-wire straight cable is required to use PoE power supply It is necessary to connect wire pairs to the RJ-45 connectors in a certain direction
100BASE-TX 10BASE-T Port Specifications
Inthecablesusedin100BASE-TX10BASE-Tpins1and2areusedforsendingdataandpins3and6areusedforreceivingdataTheswitchsupportsAUTO-MDIXonallportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsThepinassignmentsfor100BASE-TX10BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthefollowingtable
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 RD+TD+ Receivedata(+)Senddata(+)
2 RD-TD- Receivedata(-)Senddata(-)
3 TD+RD+ Senddata(+)Receivedata(+)
4 NotUsed NotUsed
5 NotUsed NotUsed
6 TD-RD- Senddata(-)Receivedata(-)
7 NotUsed NotUsed
8 NotUsed NotUsed
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
Appendix
- 63 -
1000BASE-T Port Specifications
TheswitchsupportsAuto-MDIXonall1000BASE-TportsYoucanusestraightcablesinallnetworkconnectionswithcomputersserversotherswitchesandhubsUseCategory5eor6UTPSTPcablesfor1000BASE-TconnectionsAlsoensurethatthecablelengthdoesnotexceed100metersThepinassignmentsfor1000BASE-TMDIportsandMDI-Xportsareshowninthetablebelow
Pin number MDIX MDI signal Signal function
1 BI_DA+BI_DB+ SendandreceivedataA(+)SendandreceivedataB(+)
2 BI_DA-BI_DB- SendandreceivedataA(-)SendandreceivedataB(-)
3 BI_DB+BI_DA+ SendandreceivedataB(+)SendandreceivedataA(+)
4 BI_DC+BI_DD+ SendandreceivedataC(+)SendandreceivedataD(+)
5 BI_DC-BI_DD- SendandreceivedataC(-)SendandreceivedataD(-)
6 BI_DB-BI_DA- SendandreceivedataB(-)SendandreceivedataA(-)
7 BI_DD+BI_DC+ SendandreceivedataD(+)SendandreceivedataC(+)
8 BI_DD-BI_DC- SendandreceivedataD(-)SendandreceivedataC(-)
+and-refertothepolarityofthewiresmakingupeachwirepair
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 1 -
CAUTION Please read and observe the following general product safety information guidelinesThe following safety guidelines and precautions will help ensure your personal safety and reduce the risk of damage to your Buffalo product and your working environment Please read and follow these guidelines carefully
General SafetyWhen installing and using this product observe all operating instructions warnings and precautions supplied by Buffalo as well as those supplied by any related home appliance and peripheral device manufacturers
Do not disassemble modify or attempt to repair this product except as explained in the Buffalo product documentation
Make sure that the power plug is fully and securely inserted into the outlet
Do not use the product with a power cable that is damaged torn or frayed
Do not allow a young child to use this product except under the supervision of an adult familiar with its operation
Do not use the product in a wet or very humid environment such as in a bathroom or near a sink or swimming pool and do not touch the product with wet hands
Do not push or insert any objects into the air vents or other openings on the product or spill any liquid onto the product
If any liquid or foreign matter enters this product immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet
Remove dust or other foreign matter from each connector being careful not to touch the connectors with your bare hand
If the product emits smoke or an unusual smell or sound immediately disconnect the power plug from the outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 2 -
Do not expose the product to extremely hot or extremely cold temperatures or place it near radiators electric heaters or other heat sources
Arrange the productrsquos power cord and cables so that they will not be stepped on or tripped over
Do not place any objects on top of the product
Do not disconnect the power cable while the Buffalo product is being accessed by your device
Clean the product as necessary with a soft cloth dampened with water Do not use any organic solvent such as thinner or benzine to clean the product
Only use the power cable (or AC adapter) and signal cables that came with this product
Static ElectricityElectrostatic discharge commonly referred to as ldquostatic electricityrdquo can harm components in your Buffalo product To avoid damage due to static electricity do the following
Discharge static electricity from your body before touching the product by touching a nearby grounded metal object (such as a doorknob or an aluminum sash)
If the product is static sensitive and comes in antistatic packing only unwrap the product when you are ready to install it and discharge static electricity from your body before doing so
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
- 3 -
Product EnvironmentIn order to minimize the risk of electrical shock fire and damage to the Buffalo product and related computer and other electronic devices avoid installing or using the product in any of the following locations or environments
-in places where strong magnetic fields or static electricity may be generated-in places where the temperaturehumidity conditions may produce condensation or exceed the levels specified in the devicersquos manual
-in very dusty places-in places where strong vibrations occur-on uneven or unstable surfaces-in direct sunlight for extended periods-near open flames or other heat generating sources-in places exposed to spills or falling objects
![Full page photo - Central Railway · 2018. 5. 1. · DHRUV DOORWAR ANKUJSH KAPRI RANJAN AJAY KUMAR Div/HQ BSWBSI. BSWBSL BSL/BSL BSI]BSL BSI./BSL BSWBSL BSI]BSL Grou D No No No No](https://img.pdfslide.net/doc/110x75/60ccef348d05ab24d06b8f1c/full-page-photo-central-2018-5-1-dhruv-doorwar-ankujsh-kapri-ranjan-ajay.jpg)
